1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } // end anonymous namespace 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw___float128: 112 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 113 case tok::kw_bool: 114 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 115 case tok::kw___auto_type: 116 return true; 117 118 case tok::annot_typename: 119 case tok::kw_char16_t: 120 case tok::kw_char32_t: 121 case tok::kw_typeof: 122 case tok::annot_decltype: 123 case tok::kw_decltype: 124 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 125 126 default: 127 break; 128 } 129 130 return false; 131 } 132 133 namespace { 134 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 135 NotFound, 136 FoundNonType, 137 FoundType 138 }; 139 } // end anonymous namespace 140 141 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 142 /// dependent class. 143 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 144 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 145 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 146 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 147 SourceLocation NameLoc, 148 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 149 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 150 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 151 // Look for type decls in base classes. 152 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 153 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 154 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 155 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 156 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 157 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 158 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 159 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 160 // templates. 161 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 162 continue; 163 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 164 if (!TD) 165 continue; 166 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 167 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 168 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 169 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 170 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 171 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 172 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 173 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 174 BaseRD = PS; 175 } 176 } 177 } 178 if (BaseRD) { 179 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 180 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 181 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 182 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 183 } 184 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 185 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 186 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 187 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 188 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 189 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 190 break; 191 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 192 break; 193 } 194 } 195 } 196 } 197 198 return FoundTypeDecl; 199 } 200 201 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 202 const IdentifierInfo &II, 203 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 204 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 205 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 206 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 207 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 208 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 209 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 210 DC = DC->getParent()) { 211 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 212 // templates. 213 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 214 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 215 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 216 } 217 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 218 return nullptr; 219 220 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 221 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 222 // lookup during template instantiation. 223 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 224 225 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 226 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 227 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 228 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 229 230 CXXScopeSpec SS; 231 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 232 233 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 234 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 235 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 236 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 237 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 238 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 239 } 240 241 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 242 /// return the declaration of that type. 243 /// 244 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 245 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 246 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 247 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 248 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 249 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 250 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 251 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 252 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 253 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 254 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 255 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 256 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 257 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 258 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 259 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 260 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 261 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 262 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 263 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 264 265 if (!LookupCtx) { 266 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 267 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 268 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 269 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 270 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 271 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 272 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 273 // 274 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 275 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 276 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 277 return nullptr; 278 279 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 280 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 281 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 282 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 283 284 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 285 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 286 II, NameLoc); 287 return ParsedType::make(T); 288 } 289 290 return nullptr; 291 } 292 293 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 294 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 295 return nullptr; 296 } 297 298 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 299 // lookup for class-names. 300 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 301 LookupOrdinaryName; 302 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 303 if (LookupCtx) { 304 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 305 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 306 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 307 // nested-name-specifier. 308 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 309 310 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 311 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 312 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 313 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 314 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 315 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 316 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 317 LookupName(Result, S); 318 } 319 } else { 320 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 321 LookupName(Result, S); 322 323 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 324 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 325 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 326 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 327 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 328 return TypeInBase; 329 } 330 } 331 332 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 333 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 334 case LookupResult::NotFound: 335 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 336 if (CorrectedII) { 337 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 338 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 339 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 340 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 341 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 342 TemplateTy Template; 343 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 344 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 345 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 346 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 347 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 348 if (SS && NNS) { 349 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 350 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 351 } 352 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 353 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 354 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 355 // is handled elsewhere). 356 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 357 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 358 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 359 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 360 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 361 IsCtorOrDtorName, 362 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 363 if (Ty) { 364 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 365 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 366 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 367 if (SS && NNS) 368 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 369 *CorrectedII = NewII; 370 return Ty; 371 } 372 } 373 } 374 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 375 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 376 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 377 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 378 return nullptr; 379 380 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 381 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 382 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 383 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 384 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 385 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 386 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 387 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 388 return nullptr; 389 } 390 391 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 392 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 393 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 394 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 395 if (!IIDecl || 396 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 397 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 398 IIDecl = *Res; 399 } 400 } 401 402 if (!IIDecl) { 403 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 404 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 405 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 406 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 407 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 408 // a type name. 409 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 410 return nullptr; 411 } 412 413 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 414 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 415 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 416 // perform the name lookup again. 417 break; 418 419 case LookupResult::Found: 420 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 421 break; 422 } 423 424 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 425 426 QualType T; 427 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 428 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 429 430 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 431 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 432 433 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 434 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 435 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 436 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 437 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 438 // Construct a type with type-source information. 439 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 440 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 441 442 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 443 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 444 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 445 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 446 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 447 } else { 448 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 449 } 450 } 451 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 452 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 453 if (!HasTrailingDot) 454 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 455 } 456 457 if (T.isNull()) { 458 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 459 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 460 return nullptr; 461 } 462 return ParsedType::make(T); 463 } 464 465 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 466 static NestedNameSpecifier * 467 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 468 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 469 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 470 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 471 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 472 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 473 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 474 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 475 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 476 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 477 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 478 } 479 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 480 } 481 482 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 483 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 484 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 485 /// correctly rejects. 486 static const CXXRecordDecl * 487 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 488 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 489 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 490 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 491 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 492 return MD->getParent(); 493 } 494 return nullptr; 495 } 496 497 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 498 SourceLocation NameLoc, 499 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 500 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 501 502 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 503 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 504 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 505 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 506 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 507 // lookup is retried. 508 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 509 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 510 // name specifiers. 511 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 512 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 513 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 514 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 515 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 516 // instantiation time. 517 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 518 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 519 520 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 521 // template instantiation. 522 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 523 << RD; 524 } else { 525 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 526 return ParsedType(); 527 } 528 529 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 530 531 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 532 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 533 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 534 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 535 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 536 537 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 538 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 539 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 540 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 541 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 542 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 543 } 544 545 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 546 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 547 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 548 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 549 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 550 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 551 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 552 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 553 LookupName(R, S, false); 554 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 555 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 556 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 557 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 558 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 559 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 560 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 561 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 562 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 563 } 564 } 565 566 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 567 } 568 569 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 570 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 571 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 572 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 573 /// @code 574 /// template<class T> class A { 575 /// public: 576 /// typedef int TYPE; 577 /// }; 578 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 579 /// public: 580 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 581 /// }; 582 /// @endcode 583 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 584 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 585 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 586 return true; 587 588 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 589 590 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 591 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 592 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 593 return true; 594 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 595 } 596 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 597 } 598 599 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 600 SourceLocation IILoc, 601 Scope *S, 602 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 603 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 604 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 605 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 606 SuggestedType = nullptr; 607 608 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 609 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 610 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 611 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 612 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 613 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 614 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 615 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 616 // We corrected to a keyword. 617 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 618 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 619 } else { 620 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 621 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 622 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 623 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 624 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 625 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 626 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 627 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 628 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 629 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 630 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 631 } else { 632 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 633 } 634 635 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 636 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 637 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 638 SourceRange(IILoc)); 639 SuggestedType = 640 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 641 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 642 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 643 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 644 } 645 return; 646 } 647 648 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 649 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 650 UnqualifiedId Name; 651 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 652 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 653 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 654 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 655 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 656 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 657 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 658 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 659 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 660 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 661 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 662 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 663 } 664 return; 665 } 666 } 667 668 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 669 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 670 671 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 672 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 673 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 674 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 675 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 676 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 677 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 678 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 679 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 680 681 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 682 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 683 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 684 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 685 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 686 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 687 } else { 688 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 689 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 690 } 691 } 692 693 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 694 /// or 695 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 696 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 697 NextToken.is(tok::less); 698 699 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 700 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 701 return true; 702 703 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 704 return true; 705 } 706 707 return false; 708 } 709 710 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 711 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 712 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 713 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 714 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 715 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 716 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 717 StringRef FixItTagName; 718 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 719 case TTK_Class: 720 FixItTagName = "class "; 721 break; 722 723 case TTK_Enum: 724 FixItTagName = "enum "; 725 break; 726 727 case TTK_Struct: 728 FixItTagName = "struct "; 729 break; 730 731 case TTK_Interface: 732 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 733 break; 734 735 case TTK_Union: 736 FixItTagName = "union "; 737 break; 738 } 739 740 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 741 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 742 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 743 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 744 745 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 746 I != IEnd; ++I) 747 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 748 << Name << TagName; 749 750 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 751 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 752 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 753 return true; 754 } 755 756 return false; 757 } 758 759 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 760 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 761 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 762 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 763 764 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 765 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 766 767 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 768 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 769 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 770 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 771 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 772 } 773 774 Sema::NameClassification 775 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 776 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 777 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 778 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 779 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 780 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 781 782 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 783 NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation()); 784 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false); 785 } 786 787 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 788 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 789 790 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 791 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 792 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 793 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 794 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 795 return TypeInBase; 796 } 797 798 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 799 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 800 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 801 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 802 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 803 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 804 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 805 return E; 806 } 807 808 bool SecondTry = false; 809 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 810 811 Corrected: 812 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 813 case LookupResult::NotFound: 814 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 815 // call. 816 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 817 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 818 // FIXME: Reference? 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 820 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 821 822 // C90 6.3.2.2: 823 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 824 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 825 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 826 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 827 // the function call, the declaration 828 // 829 // extern int identifier (); 830 // 831 // appeared. 832 // 833 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 834 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 835 Result.addDecl(D); 836 Result.resolveKind(); 837 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 838 } 839 } 840 841 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 842 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 843 // "struct", or "union". 844 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 845 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 846 break; 847 } 848 849 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 850 // close to this name. 851 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 852 SecondTry = true; 853 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 854 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 855 &SS, std::move(CCC), 856 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 857 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 858 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 859 860 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 861 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 862 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 863 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 864 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 865 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 866 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 867 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 868 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 869 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 870 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 871 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 872 } 873 874 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 875 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 876 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 877 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 878 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 879 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 880 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 881 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 882 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 883 } 884 885 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 886 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 887 888 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 889 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 890 return Name; 891 892 // Also update the LookupResult... 893 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 894 Result.clear(); 895 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 896 if (FirstDecl) 897 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 898 899 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 900 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 901 // reference the ivar. 902 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 903 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 904 Result.clear(); 905 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 906 return E; 907 } 908 909 goto Corrected; 910 } 911 } 912 913 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 914 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 915 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 916 917 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 918 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 919 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 920 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 921 922 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 923 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 924 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 925 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 926 // qualified by the keyword typename. 927 // 928 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 929 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 930 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 931 // keyword here. 932 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 933 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 934 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 935 } 936 937 case LookupResult::Found: 938 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 939 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 940 break; 941 942 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 943 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 944 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 945 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 946 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 947 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 948 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 949 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 950 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 951 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 952 // ambiguous. 953 // 954 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 955 // so try again after filtering out template names. 956 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 957 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 958 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 959 break; 960 } 961 } 962 963 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 964 return NameClassification::Error(); 965 } 966 967 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 968 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 969 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 970 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 971 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 972 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 973 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 974 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 975 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 976 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 977 978 if (!Result.empty()) { 979 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 980 bool IsVarTemplate; 981 TemplateName Template; 982 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 983 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 984 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 985 Result.end()); 986 } else { 987 TemplateDecl *TD 988 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 989 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 990 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 991 992 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 993 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 994 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 995 TD); 996 else 997 Template = TemplateName(TD); 998 } 999 1000 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1001 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1002 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1003 // to based on which function we selected. 1004 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1005 1006 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1007 } 1008 1009 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1010 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1011 } 1012 } 1013 1014 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1015 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1018 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1019 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1020 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1021 return ParsedType::make(T); 1022 } 1023 1024 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1025 if (!Class) { 1026 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1027 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1028 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1029 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1030 } 1031 1032 if (Class) { 1033 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1034 1035 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1036 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1037 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1038 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1039 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1040 } 1041 1042 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1043 return ParsedType::make(T); 1044 } 1045 1046 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1047 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1048 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1049 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1050 1051 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1052 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1053 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1054 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1055 (NextIsOp && 1056 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1057 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1058 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1059 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1060 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1061 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1062 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1063 return ParsedType::make(T); 1064 } 1065 1066 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1067 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1068 nullptr, S); 1069 1070 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1071 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1072 } 1073 1074 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1075 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1076 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1077 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1078 1079 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1080 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1081 // the context we'll need to return to. 1082 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1083 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1084 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1085 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1086 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1087 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1088 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1089 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1090 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1091 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1092 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1093 1094 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1095 // lexical context. 1096 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1097 return DC; 1098 1099 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1100 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1101 // class is the context we need to return to. 1102 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1103 DC = RD; 1104 1105 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1106 // declared in. 1107 return DC; 1108 } 1109 1110 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1111 } 1112 1113 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1114 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1115 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1116 CurContext = DC; 1117 S->setEntity(DC); 1118 } 1119 1120 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1121 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1122 1123 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1124 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1125 } 1126 1127 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1128 Decl *D) { 1129 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1130 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1131 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1132 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1133 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1134 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1135 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1136 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1137 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1138 return Result; 1139 } 1140 1141 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1142 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1143 } 1144 1145 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1146 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1147 /// 1148 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1149 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1150 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1151 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1152 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1153 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1154 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1155 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1156 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1157 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1158 // namespace. 1159 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1160 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1161 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1162 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1163 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1164 1165 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1166 1167 #ifndef NDEBUG 1168 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1169 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1170 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1171 #endif 1172 1173 CurContext = DC; 1174 S->setEntity(DC); 1175 } 1176 1177 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1178 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1179 1180 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1181 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1182 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1183 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1184 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1185 1186 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1187 // disappear. 1188 } 1189 1190 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1191 // We assume that the caller has already called 1192 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1193 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1194 if (!FD) 1195 return; 1196 1197 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1198 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1199 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1200 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1201 CurContext = FD; 1202 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1203 1204 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1205 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1206 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1207 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1208 S->AddDecl(Param); 1209 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1210 } 1211 } 1212 } 1213 1214 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1215 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1216 // rather than the top-level class. 1217 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1218 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1219 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1220 } 1221 1222 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1223 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1224 /// 1225 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1226 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1227 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1228 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1229 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1230 /// attribute. 1231 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1232 ASTContext &Context) { 1233 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1234 return true; 1235 1236 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1237 return true; 1238 1239 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1240 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1241 } 1242 1243 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1244 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1245 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1246 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1247 // scope. 1248 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1249 S = S->getParent(); 1250 1251 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1252 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1253 // into any context. 1254 if (AddToContext) 1255 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1256 1257 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1258 // are function-local declarations. 1259 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1260 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1261 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1262 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1263 return; 1264 1265 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1266 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1267 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1268 return; 1269 1270 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1271 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1272 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1273 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1274 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1275 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1276 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1277 1278 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1279 break; 1280 } 1281 } 1282 1283 S->AddDecl(D); 1284 1285 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1286 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1287 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1288 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1289 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1290 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1291 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1292 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1293 continue; 1294 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1295 break; 1296 } 1297 1298 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1299 } else { 1300 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1301 } 1302 } 1303 1304 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1305 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1306 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1307 } 1308 1309 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1310 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1311 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1312 } 1313 1314 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1315 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1316 do { 1317 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1318 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1319 return S; 1320 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1321 1322 return nullptr; 1323 } 1324 1325 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1326 DeclContext*, 1327 ASTContext&); 1328 1329 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1330 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1331 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1332 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1333 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1334 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1335 while (F.hasNext()) { 1336 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1337 1338 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1339 continue; 1340 1341 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1342 continue; 1343 1344 F.erase(); 1345 } 1346 1347 F.done(); 1348 } 1349 1350 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1351 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1352 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1353 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1354 } 1355 1356 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1357 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1358 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1359 while (F.hasNext()) 1360 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1361 F.erase(); 1362 1363 F.done(); 1364 } 1365 1366 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1367 /// @code 1368 /// class S { 1369 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1370 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1371 /// }; 1372 /// @endcode 1373 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1374 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1375 // the decl here. 1376 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1377 return false; 1378 1379 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1380 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1381 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1382 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1383 return false; 1384 } 1385 1386 // We need this to handle 1387 // 1388 // typedef struct { 1389 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1390 // } A; 1391 // 1392 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1393 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1394 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1395 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1396 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1397 // not. 1398 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1399 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1400 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1401 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1402 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1403 return true; 1404 } 1405 DC = DC->getParent(); 1406 } 1407 1408 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1409 } 1410 1411 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1412 // these semantics. 1413 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1414 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1415 return false; 1416 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1417 } 1418 1419 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1420 assert(D); 1421 1422 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1423 return false; 1424 1425 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1426 // of members of class templates. 1427 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1428 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1429 return false; 1430 1431 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1432 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1433 return false; 1434 1435 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1436 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1437 return false; 1438 } else { 1439 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1440 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1441 return false; 1442 } 1443 1444 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1445 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1446 return false; 1447 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1448 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1449 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1450 // like "inline".) 1451 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1452 return false; 1453 1454 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1455 return false; 1456 1457 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1458 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1459 return false; 1460 1461 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1462 return false; 1463 } else { 1464 return false; 1465 } 1466 1467 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1468 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1469 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1470 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1471 } 1472 1473 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1474 if (!D) 1475 return; 1476 1477 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1478 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1479 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1480 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1481 } 1482 1483 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1484 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1485 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1486 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1487 } 1488 1489 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1490 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1491 } 1492 1493 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1494 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1495 return false; 1496 1497 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1498 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1499 return false; 1500 1501 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1502 return true; 1503 1504 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1505 // functions. 1506 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1507 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1508 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1509 WithinFunction = 1510 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1511 if (!WithinFunction) 1512 return false; 1513 1514 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1515 return true; 1516 1517 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1518 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1519 return false; 1520 1521 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1522 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1523 1524 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1525 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr(); 1526 1527 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1528 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1529 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1530 return false; 1531 } 1532 1533 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1534 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1535 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1536 return false; 1537 1538 // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is 1539 // consistent for both scalars and arrays. 1540 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 1541 1542 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1543 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1544 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1545 return false; 1546 1547 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1548 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1549 return false; 1550 1551 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1552 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1553 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1554 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1555 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1556 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1557 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1558 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1559 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1560 return false; 1561 } 1562 } 1563 } 1564 } 1565 1566 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1567 } 1568 1569 return true; 1570 } 1571 1572 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1573 FixItHint &Hint) { 1574 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1575 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1576 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1577 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1578 return; 1579 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1580 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1581 } 1582 } 1583 1584 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1585 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1586 return; 1587 1588 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1589 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1590 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1591 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1592 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1593 } 1594 } 1595 1596 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1597 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1598 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1599 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1600 return; 1601 1602 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1603 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1604 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1605 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1606 return; 1607 } 1608 1609 FixItHint Hint; 1610 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1611 1612 unsigned DiagID; 1613 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1614 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1615 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1616 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1617 else 1618 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1619 1620 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1621 } 1622 1623 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1624 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1625 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1626 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1627 // MS inline assembly label name. 1628 bool Diagnose = false; 1629 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1630 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1631 else 1632 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1633 if (Diagnose) 1634 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1635 } 1636 1637 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1638 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1639 1640 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1641 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1642 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1643 1644 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1645 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1646 1647 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1648 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1649 1650 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1651 1652 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1653 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1654 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1655 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1656 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1657 } 1658 1659 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1660 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1661 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1662 1663 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1664 // already. 1665 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1666 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1667 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1668 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1669 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1670 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1671 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1672 } 1673 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1674 } 1675 } 1676 } 1677 1678 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1679 /// 1680 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1681 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1682 /// to the fixed name. 1683 /// 1684 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1685 /// 1686 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1687 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1688 /// 1689 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1690 /// class could not be found. 1691 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1692 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1693 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1694 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1695 // creation from this context. 1696 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1697 1698 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1699 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1700 // find an Objective-C class name. 1701 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1702 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1703 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1704 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1705 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1706 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1707 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1708 } 1709 } 1710 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1711 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1712 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1713 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1714 return Def; 1715 } 1716 1717 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1718 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1719 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1720 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1721 /// ill-formed in C++: 1722 /// @code 1723 /// struct S6 { 1724 /// enum { BAR } e; 1725 /// }; 1726 /// 1727 /// void test_S6() { 1728 /// struct S6 a; 1729 /// a.e = BAR; 1730 /// } 1731 /// @endcode 1732 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1733 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1734 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1735 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1736 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1737 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1738 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1739 /// contain non-field names. 1740 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1741 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1742 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1743 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1744 S = S->getParent(); 1745 return S; 1746 } 1747 1748 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1749 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1750 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1751 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1752 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1753 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1754 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1755 return; 1756 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1757 1758 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1759 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1760 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1761 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1762 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1763 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1764 } 1765 1766 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1767 switch (Error) { 1768 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1769 return ""; 1770 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1771 return "stdio.h"; 1772 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1773 return "setjmp.h"; 1774 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1775 return "ucontext.h"; 1776 } 1777 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1778 } 1779 1780 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1781 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1782 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1783 /// built-in. 1784 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1785 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1786 SourceLocation Loc) { 1787 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1788 1789 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1790 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1791 if (Error) { 1792 if (ForRedeclaration) 1793 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1794 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1795 return nullptr; 1796 } 1797 1798 if (!ForRedeclaration && 1799 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || 1800 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { 1801 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1802 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1803 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1804 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1805 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1806 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1807 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1808 } 1809 1810 if (R.isNull()) 1811 return nullptr; 1812 1813 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1814 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1815 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1816 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1817 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1818 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1819 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1820 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1821 } 1822 1823 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1824 Parent, 1825 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1826 SC_Extern, 1827 false, 1828 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1829 New->setImplicit(); 1830 1831 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1832 // FunctionDecl. 1833 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1834 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1835 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1836 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1837 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1838 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1839 SC_None, nullptr); 1840 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1841 Params.push_back(parm); 1842 } 1843 New->setParams(Params); 1844 } 1845 1846 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1847 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1848 1849 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1850 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1851 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1852 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1853 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1854 CurContext = Parent; 1855 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1856 CurContext = SavedContext; 1857 return New; 1858 } 1859 1860 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1861 /// entity if their types are the same. 1862 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1863 /// isSameEntity. 1864 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1865 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1866 LookupResult &Previous) { 1867 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1868 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1869 return; 1870 1871 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1872 if (Previous.empty()) 1873 return; 1874 1875 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1876 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1877 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1878 1879 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1880 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1881 continue; 1882 1883 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1884 // different linkages. 1885 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1886 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1887 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1888 continue; 1889 1890 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1891 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1892 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1893 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1894 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1895 continue; 1896 } 1897 1898 Filter.erase(); 1899 } 1900 1901 Filter.done(); 1902 } 1903 1904 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1905 QualType OldType; 1906 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1907 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1908 else 1909 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1910 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1911 1912 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1913 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1914 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1915 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1916 << Kind << NewType; 1917 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1918 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1919 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1920 return true; 1921 } 1922 1923 if (OldType != NewType && 1924 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1925 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1926 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1927 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1928 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1929 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1930 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1931 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1932 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1933 return true; 1934 } 1935 return false; 1936 } 1937 1938 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1939 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1940 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1941 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1942 /// 1943 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 1944 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1945 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1946 // merging checks. 1947 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1948 1949 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1950 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1951 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1952 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1953 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1954 default: break; 1955 case 2: 1956 { 1957 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1958 break; 1959 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1960 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1961 break; 1962 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1963 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1964 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1965 break; 1966 } 1967 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1968 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1969 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1970 return; 1971 } 1972 case 5: 1973 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1974 break; 1975 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1976 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1977 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1978 return; 1979 case 3: 1980 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1981 break; 1982 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1983 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1984 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1985 return; 1986 } 1987 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1988 } 1989 1990 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1991 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1992 if (!Old) { 1993 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1994 << New->getDeclName(); 1995 1996 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1997 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1998 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1999 2000 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2001 } 2002 2003 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2004 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2005 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2006 2007 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2008 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2009 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2010 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2011 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 2012 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2013 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2014 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2015 // instead of our tag. 2016 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2017 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2018 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2019 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2020 else 2021 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2022 2023 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2024 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 2025 2026 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2027 // out of the scope. 2028 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2029 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2030 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2031 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2032 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2033 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2034 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2035 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2036 } 2037 } 2038 } 2039 } 2040 2041 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2042 // with any extensions enabled. 2043 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2044 return; 2045 2046 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2047 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2048 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2049 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2050 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2051 } 2052 2053 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2054 return; 2055 2056 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2057 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2058 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2059 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2060 // to the type to which it already refers. 2061 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2062 return; 2063 2064 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2065 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2066 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2067 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2068 // 2069 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2070 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2071 // 2072 // struct S { 2073 // typedef struct A { } A; 2074 // }; 2075 // 2076 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2077 // allow the above but disallow 2078 // 2079 // struct S { 2080 // typedef int I; 2081 // typedef int I; 2082 // }; 2083 // 2084 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2085 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2086 return; 2087 2088 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2089 << New->getDeclName(); 2090 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2091 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2092 } 2093 2094 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2095 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2096 return; 2097 2098 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2099 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2100 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2101 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2102 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2103 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2104 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2105 return; 2106 2107 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2108 << New->getDeclName(); 2109 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2110 } 2111 2112 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2113 /// attribute. 2114 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2115 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2116 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2117 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2118 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2119 if (Ann) { 2120 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2121 return true; 2122 continue; 2123 } 2124 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2125 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2126 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2127 return true; 2128 } 2129 2130 return false; 2131 } 2132 2133 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2134 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2135 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2136 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2137 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2138 return true; 2139 } 2140 2141 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2142 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2143 /// 2144 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2145 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2146 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2147 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2148 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2149 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2150 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2151 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2152 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2153 // in a case like: 2154 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2155 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2156 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2157 // definition in such a case. 2158 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2159 return false; 2160 2161 if (I->isAlignas()) 2162 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2163 2164 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2165 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2166 OldAlign = Align; 2167 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2168 } 2169 } 2170 2171 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2172 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2173 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2174 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2175 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2176 return false; 2177 2178 if (I->isAlignas()) 2179 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2180 2181 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2182 if (Align > NewAlign) 2183 NewAlign = Align; 2184 } 2185 2186 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2187 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2188 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2189 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2190 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2191 2192 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2193 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2194 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2195 QualType Ty; 2196 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2197 Ty = VD->getType(); 2198 else 2199 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2200 2201 if (OldAlign == 0) 2202 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2203 if (NewAlign == 0) 2204 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2205 } 2206 2207 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2208 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2209 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2210 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2211 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2212 } 2213 } 2214 2215 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2216 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2217 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2218 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2219 // equivalent alignment. 2220 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2221 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2222 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2223 // have no alignment specifier. 2224 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2225 << OldAlignasAttr; 2226 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2227 << OldAlignasAttr; 2228 } 2229 2230 bool AnyAdded = false; 2231 2232 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2233 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2234 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2235 Clone->setInherited(true); 2236 New->addAttr(Clone); 2237 AnyAdded = true; 2238 } 2239 2240 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2241 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2242 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2243 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2244 Clone->setInherited(true); 2245 New->addAttr(Clone); 2246 AnyAdded = true; 2247 } 2248 2249 return AnyAdded; 2250 } 2251 2252 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2253 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2254 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2255 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the 2256 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute 2257 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. 2258 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from 2259 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from 2260 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent 2261 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. 2262 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2263 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2264 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2265 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2266 AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2267 AA->getDeprecated(), 2268 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2269 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2270 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2271 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2272 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2273 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2274 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2275 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2276 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2277 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2278 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2279 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2280 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2281 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2282 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2283 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2284 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2285 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2286 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2287 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2288 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2289 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2290 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2291 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2292 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2293 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2294 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2295 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2296 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2297 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2298 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2299 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 2300 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || 2301 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { 2302 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for 2303 // overloading purposes and must not be merged. 2304 return false; 2305 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2306 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2307 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2308 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2309 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2310 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2311 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2312 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2313 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2314 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2315 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2316 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2317 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2318 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2319 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2320 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2321 NewAttr = nullptr; 2322 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2323 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2324 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2325 NewAttr = nullptr; 2326 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) 2327 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex, 2328 UA->getGuid()); 2329 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2330 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2331 2332 if (NewAttr) { 2333 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2334 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2335 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2336 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2337 return true; 2338 } 2339 2340 return false; 2341 } 2342 2343 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2344 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2345 return TD->getDefinition(); 2346 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2347 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2348 if (Def) 2349 return Def; 2350 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2351 } 2352 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 2353 return FD->getDefinition(); 2354 return nullptr; 2355 } 2356 2357 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2358 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2359 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2360 return true; 2361 return false; 2362 } 2363 2364 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2365 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2366 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2367 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2368 return; 2369 2370 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2371 if (!Def || Def == New) 2372 return; 2373 2374 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2375 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2376 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2377 2378 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2379 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2380 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2381 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2382 2383 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2384 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2385 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2386 --E; 2387 continue; 2388 } 2389 } else { 2390 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2391 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2392 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2393 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2394 : diag::err_redefinition; 2395 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2396 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2397 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2398 } 2399 ++I; 2400 continue; 2401 } 2402 2403 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2404 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2405 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2406 ++I; 2407 continue; 2408 } 2409 } 2410 2411 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2412 ++I; 2413 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2414 } 2415 2416 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2417 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2418 ++I; 2419 continue; 2420 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2421 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2422 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2423 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2424 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2425 // equivalent alignment. 2426 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2427 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2428 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2429 // have no alignment specifier. 2430 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2431 << AA; 2432 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2433 << AA; 2434 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2435 --E; 2436 continue; 2437 } 2438 } 2439 2440 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2441 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2442 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2443 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2444 --E; 2445 } 2446 } 2447 2448 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2449 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2450 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2451 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2452 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2453 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2454 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2455 } 2456 2457 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2458 return; 2459 2460 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2461 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2462 2463 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2464 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2465 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2466 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2467 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2468 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2469 } 2470 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2471 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2472 // already been ODR-used. 2473 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2474 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2475 } 2476 } 2477 2478 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2479 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2480 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2481 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2482 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2483 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2484 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2485 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2486 << NewTag; 2487 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2488 } 2489 } 2490 } else { 2491 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2492 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2493 } 2494 } 2495 2496 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2497 return; 2498 2499 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2500 2501 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2502 // we process them. 2503 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2504 2505 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2506 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2507 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2508 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2509 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2510 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2511 switch (AMK) { 2512 case AMK_None: 2513 continue; 2514 2515 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2516 case AMK_Override: 2517 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2518 LocalAMK = AMK; 2519 break; 2520 } 2521 } 2522 2523 // Already handled. 2524 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2525 continue; 2526 2527 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2528 foundAny = true; 2529 } 2530 2531 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2532 foundAny = true; 2533 2534 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2535 } 2536 2537 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2538 /// to the new one. 2539 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2540 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2541 Sema &S) { 2542 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2543 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2544 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2545 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2546 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2547 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2548 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2549 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2550 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2551 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2552 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2553 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2554 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2555 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2556 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2557 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2558 } 2559 2560 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2561 return; 2562 2563 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2564 2565 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2566 // done before we process them. 2567 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2568 2569 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2570 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2571 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2572 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2573 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2574 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2575 foundAny = true; 2576 } 2577 } 2578 2579 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2580 } 2581 2582 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2583 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2584 Sema &S) { 2585 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2586 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2587 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2588 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2589 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2590 *Newnullability, 2591 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2592 != 0)) 2593 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2594 *Oldnullability, 2595 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2596 != 0)); 2597 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2598 } 2599 } else { 2600 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2601 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2602 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2603 NewT, NewT); 2604 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2605 } 2606 } 2607 } 2608 2609 namespace { 2610 2611 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2612 /// C. 2613 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2614 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2615 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2616 QualType PromotedType; 2617 }; 2618 2619 } // end anonymous namespace 2620 2621 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2622 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2623 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2624 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2625 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2626 2627 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2628 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2629 2630 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2631 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2632 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2633 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2634 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2635 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2636 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2637 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2638 } 2639 2640 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2641 } 2642 2643 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2644 // declaration, or a declaration. 2645 template <typename T> 2646 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2647 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2648 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2649 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2650 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2651 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2652 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2653 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2654 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2655 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2656 } else 2657 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2658 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2659 } 2660 2661 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2662 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2663 /// GNU89 mode. 2664 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2665 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2666 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2667 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2668 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2669 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2670 } 2671 2672 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2673 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2674 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2675 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2676 return AT; 2677 } 2678 2679 template <typename T> 2680 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2681 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2682 if (DC->isRecord()) 2683 return false; 2684 2685 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2686 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2687 return true; 2688 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2689 return true; 2690 return false; 2691 } 2692 2693 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2694 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2695 2696 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2697 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2698 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2699 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2700 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2701 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2702 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2703 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2704 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2705 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2706 // and function templates; or 2707 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2708 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2709 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2710 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2711 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2712 2713 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2714 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2715 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2716 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2717 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2718 2719 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2720 if (Old && 2721 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2722 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2723 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2724 Old = nullptr; 2725 2726 if (!Old) { 2727 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2728 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2729 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2730 return true; 2731 } 2732 return false; 2733 } 2734 2735 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2736 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2737 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2738 2739 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2740 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2741 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2742 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2743 return true; 2744 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2745 }; 2746 2747 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2748 } 2749 2750 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2751 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2752 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2753 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2754 /// 2755 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2756 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2757 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2758 /// merged with. 2759 /// 2760 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2761 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2762 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2763 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2764 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2765 if (!Old) { 2766 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2767 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2768 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2769 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2770 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2771 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2772 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2773 return true; 2774 } 2775 2776 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2777 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2778 return true; 2779 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2780 } else { 2781 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2782 << New->getDeclName(); 2783 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2784 return true; 2785 } 2786 } 2787 2788 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2789 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2790 return true; 2791 2792 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2793 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2794 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2795 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2796 2797 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2798 // is an extern inline function. 2799 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2800 // storage classes. 2801 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2802 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2803 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2804 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2805 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2806 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2807 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2808 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2809 } else { 2810 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2811 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2812 return true; 2813 } 2814 } 2815 2816 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2817 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2818 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2819 << New->getDeclName(); 2820 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2821 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2822 } 2823 2824 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2825 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2826 // convention of the first. 2827 // 2828 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2829 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2830 // 2831 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2832 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2833 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2834 // 2835 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2836 // other tests to run. 2837 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2838 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2839 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2840 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2841 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2842 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2843 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2844 2845 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2846 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2847 const FunctionType *FT = 2848 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2849 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2850 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2851 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2852 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2853 // there but not here. 2854 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2855 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2856 } else { 2857 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2858 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2859 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2860 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2861 << !FirstCCExplicit 2862 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2863 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2864 2865 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2866 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2867 return true; 2868 } 2869 } 2870 2871 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2872 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2873 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2874 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2875 } 2876 2877 // Merge regparm attribute. 2878 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2879 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2880 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2881 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2882 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2883 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2884 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2885 return true; 2886 } 2887 2888 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2889 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2890 } 2891 2892 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2893 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2894 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2895 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2896 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2897 return true; 2898 } 2899 2900 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2901 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2902 } 2903 2904 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2905 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2906 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2907 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2908 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2909 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2910 } 2911 2912 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2913 // UndefinedButUsed. 2914 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2915 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2916 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2917 Old->isUsed(false) && 2918 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2919 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2920 SourceLocation())); 2921 2922 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2923 // about it. 2924 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2925 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2926 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2927 } 2928 2929 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 2930 // redeclaration. 2931 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 2932 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 2933 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 2934 << New->getDeclName(); 2935 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2936 return true; 2937 } 2938 2939 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2940 // C++1z [over.load]p2 2941 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2942 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type, 2943 // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded. 2944 2945 // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of 2946 // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the 2947 // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before 2948 // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType 2949 // but do not necessarily update the type of New. 2950 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New)) 2951 return true; 2952 OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2953 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2954 2955 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2956 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2957 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2958 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2959 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2960 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2961 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2962 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2963 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2964 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2965 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2966 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2967 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2968 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2969 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2970 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2971 QualType ResQT; 2972 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2973 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2974 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2975 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2976 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2977 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2978 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2979 else 2980 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2981 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2982 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2983 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2984 return true; 2985 } 2986 else 2987 NewQType = ResQT; 2988 } 2989 2990 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2991 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2992 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2993 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2994 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2995 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2996 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2997 New->setType( 2998 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2999 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3000 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3001 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 3002 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 3003 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3004 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3005 } 3006 } 3007 3008 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 3009 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 3010 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 3011 // Preserve triviality. 3012 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 3013 3014 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 3015 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 3016 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 3017 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 3018 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3019 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 3020 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 3021 3022 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3023 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 3024 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 3025 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 3026 // is a static member function declaration. 3027 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 3028 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 3029 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3030 return true; 3031 } 3032 3033 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3034 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3035 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3036 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3037 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 3038 unsigned NewDiag; 3039 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3040 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3041 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3042 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3043 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3044 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3045 else 3046 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3047 3048 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3049 } else { 3050 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3051 << New << New->getType(); 3052 } 3053 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3054 return true; 3055 3056 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3057 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3058 // 3059 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3060 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3061 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3062 if (isFriend) { 3063 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3064 } else { 3065 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3066 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3067 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3068 return true; 3069 } 3070 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3071 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3072 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3073 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3074 return true; 3075 } 3076 } 3077 3078 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3079 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3080 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3081 // attribute. 3082 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3083 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3084 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3085 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3086 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3087 } 3088 3089 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3090 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3091 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3092 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3093 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3094 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3095 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3096 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3097 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3098 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3099 } 3100 3101 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3102 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3103 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3104 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3105 3106 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3107 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3108 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3109 auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3110 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3111 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3112 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3113 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3114 } 3115 3116 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3117 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3118 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3119 // 3120 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3121 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3122 // linkage within class scope. 3123 // 3124 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3125 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3126 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3127 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3128 } else { 3129 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3130 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3131 return true; 3132 } 3133 } 3134 3135 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3136 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3137 3138 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3139 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3140 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3141 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3142 // when we instantiate the function. 3143 return false; 3144 } 3145 3146 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3147 } 3148 3149 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3150 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3151 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3152 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3153 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3154 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3155 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3156 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3157 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3158 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3159 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3160 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3161 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3162 NewQType = 3163 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3164 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3165 New->setType(NewQType); 3166 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3167 3168 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3169 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3170 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3171 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3172 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3173 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3174 SC_None, nullptr); 3175 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3176 Param->setImplicit(); 3177 Params.push_back(Param); 3178 } 3179 3180 New->setParams(Params); 3181 } 3182 3183 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3184 } 3185 3186 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3187 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3188 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3189 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3190 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3191 // the prototype. 3192 // 3193 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3194 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3195 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3196 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3197 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3198 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3199 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3200 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3201 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3202 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3203 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3204 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3205 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3206 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3207 3208 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3209 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3210 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3211 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3212 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3213 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3214 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3215 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3216 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3217 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3218 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3219 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3220 NewParm->getType(), 3221 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3222 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3223 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3224 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3225 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3226 } else 3227 LooseCompatible = false; 3228 } 3229 3230 if (LooseCompatible) { 3231 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3232 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3233 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3234 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3235 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3236 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3237 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3238 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3239 } 3240 3241 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3242 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3243 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3244 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3245 } 3246 3247 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3248 } 3249 3250 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3251 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3252 3253 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3254 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3255 unsigned BuiltinID; 3256 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3257 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3258 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3259 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3260 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3261 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3262 << Old << Old->getType(); 3263 3264 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3265 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3266 // 3267 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3268 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3269 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3270 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3271 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3272 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3273 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3274 3275 return false; 3276 } 3277 3278 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3279 } 3280 3281 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3282 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3283 return true; 3284 } 3285 3286 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3287 /// known to be compatible. 3288 /// 3289 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3290 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3291 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3292 /// redeclaration of Old. 3293 /// 3294 /// \returns false 3295 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3296 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3297 // Merge the attributes 3298 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3299 3300 // Merge "pure" flag. 3301 if (Old->isPure()) 3302 New->setPure(); 3303 3304 // Merge "used" flag. 3305 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3306 New->setIsUsed(); 3307 3308 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3309 // declarations. 3310 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3311 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3312 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3313 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3314 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3315 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3316 } 3317 3318 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3319 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3320 3321 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3322 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3323 // was visible. 3324 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3325 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3326 New->setType(Merged); 3327 3328 return false; 3329 } 3330 3331 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3332 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3333 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3334 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3335 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3336 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3337 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3338 : AMK_Override; 3339 3340 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3341 3342 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3343 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3344 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3345 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3346 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3347 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3348 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3349 3350 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3351 } 3352 3353 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3354 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3355 3356 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3357 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3358 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3359 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3360 3361 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3362 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3363 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3364 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3365 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3366 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3367 } 3368 3369 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3370 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3371 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3372 /// 3373 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3374 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3375 /// is attached. 3376 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3377 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3378 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3379 return; 3380 3381 QualType MergedT; 3382 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3383 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3384 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3385 return; 3386 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3387 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3388 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3389 } 3390 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3391 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3392 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3393 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3394 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3395 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3396 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3397 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3398 3399 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3400 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3401 // mismatch. 3402 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { 3403 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3404 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3405 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3406 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) 3407 continue; 3408 3409 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3410 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3411 } 3412 } 3413 3414 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3415 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3416 NewArray->getElementType())) 3417 MergedT = New->getType(); 3418 } 3419 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3420 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3421 // visible. 3422 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3423 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3424 NewArray->getElementType())) 3425 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3426 } 3427 } 3428 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3429 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3430 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3431 Old->getType()); 3432 } 3433 } else { 3434 // C 6.2.7p2: 3435 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3436 // compatible type. 3437 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3438 } 3439 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3440 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3441 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3442 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3443 // equivalent. 3444 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3445 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3446 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3447 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3448 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3449 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3450 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3451 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3452 return; 3453 } 3454 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3455 } 3456 3457 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3458 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3459 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3460 New->setType(MergedT); 3461 } 3462 3463 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3464 LookupResult &Previous) { 3465 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3466 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3467 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3468 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3469 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3470 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3471 // 3472 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3473 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3474 return false; 3475 3476 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3477 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3478 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3479 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3480 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3481 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3482 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3483 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3484 } else { 3485 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3486 // type unless we're in the same function. 3487 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3488 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3489 } 3490 } 3491 3492 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3493 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3494 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3495 /// 3496 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3497 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3498 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3499 /// 3500 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3501 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3502 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3503 return; 3504 3505 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3506 return; 3507 3508 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3509 3510 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3511 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3512 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3513 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3514 if (NewTemplate) { 3515 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3516 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3517 3518 if (auto *Shadow = 3519 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3520 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3521 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3522 } else { 3523 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3524 3525 if (auto *Shadow = 3526 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3527 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3528 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3529 } 3530 } 3531 if (!Old) { 3532 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3533 << New->getDeclName(); 3534 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3535 diag::note_previous_definition); 3536 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3537 } 3538 3539 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3540 if (NewTemplate && 3541 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3542 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3543 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3544 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3545 3546 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3547 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3548 // 3549 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3550 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3551 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3552 << New->getIdentifier(); 3553 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3554 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3555 } 3556 3557 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3558 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3559 // declaration 3560 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3561 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3562 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3563 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3564 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3565 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3566 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3567 } 3568 3569 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3570 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3571 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3572 << New->getDeclName(); 3573 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3574 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3575 } 3576 3577 // Merge the types. 3578 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3579 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3580 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3581 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3582 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3583 return; 3584 } 3585 3586 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3587 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3588 return; 3589 3590 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3591 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3592 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3593 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3594 3595 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3596 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3597 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3598 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3599 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3600 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3601 << New->getDeclName(); 3602 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3603 } else { 3604 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3605 << New->getDeclName(); 3606 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3607 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3608 } 3609 } 3610 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3611 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3612 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3613 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3614 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3615 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3616 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3617 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3618 // identifier has external linkage. 3619 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3620 /* Okay */; 3621 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3622 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3623 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3624 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3625 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3626 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3627 } 3628 3629 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3630 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3631 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3632 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3633 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3634 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3635 } 3636 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3637 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3638 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3639 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3640 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3641 } 3642 3643 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3644 3645 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3646 // need to check for mismatches. 3647 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3648 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3649 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3650 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3651 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3652 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3653 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3654 } 3655 3656 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 3657 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3658 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 3659 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 3660 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 3661 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 3662 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3663 } 3664 } 3665 3666 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3667 // UndefinedButUsed. 3668 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 3669 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3670 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3671 SourceLocation())); 3672 3673 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3674 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3675 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3676 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3677 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3678 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3679 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3680 } else { 3681 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3682 // static and dynamic initialization. 3683 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3684 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3685 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3686 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3687 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3688 } 3689 } 3690 3691 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3692 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3693 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) { 3694 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 3695 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 3696 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 3697 Diag(New->getLocation(), 3698 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 3699 } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3700 if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New)) 3701 return; 3702 } 3703 } 3704 3705 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3706 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3707 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3708 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3709 return; 3710 } 3711 3712 // Merge "used" flag. 3713 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3714 New->setIsUsed(); 3715 3716 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3717 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3718 if (NewTemplate) 3719 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3720 3721 // Inherit access appropriately. 3722 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3723 if (NewTemplate) 3724 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3725 3726 if (Old->isInline()) 3727 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 3728 } 3729 3730 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions 3731 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem. 3732 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) { 3733 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) && 3734 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3735 New->isInline() || 3736 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3737 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3738 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3739 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3740 // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration. 3741 New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration(); 3742 3743 // Make the canonical definition visible. 3744 if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 3745 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD, New->getLocation()); 3746 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old, New->getLocation()); 3747 return false; 3748 } else { 3749 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3750 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3751 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3752 return true; 3753 } 3754 } 3755 3756 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3757 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3758 Decl * 3759 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3760 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3761 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 3762 AnonRecord); 3763 } 3764 3765 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3766 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3767 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3768 // compatibility. 3769 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3770 // targeted. 3771 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3772 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3773 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3774 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3775 } 3776 3777 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3778 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3779 return; 3780 3781 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3782 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3783 // it is anonymous. 3784 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3785 return; 3786 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3787 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3788 Context.setManglingNumber( 3789 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3790 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3791 return; 3792 } 3793 3794 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3795 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3796 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3797 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3798 Context.setManglingNumber( 3799 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3800 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3801 } 3802 } 3803 3804 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3805 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3806 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3807 return; 3808 3809 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3810 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3811 return; 3812 3813 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3814 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3815 3816 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3817 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3818 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3820 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3821 return; 3822 } 3823 3824 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3825 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3826 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3827 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3828 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3829 // for how to handle it. 3830 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3831 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3832 3833 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3834 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3835 3836 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3837 textToInsert += ' '; 3838 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3839 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3840 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3841 return; 3842 } 3843 3844 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3845 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3846 } 3847 3848 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3849 switch (T) { 3850 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3851 return 0; 3852 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3853 return 1; 3854 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3855 return 2; 3856 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3857 return 3; 3858 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3859 return 4; 3860 default: 3861 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3862 } 3863 } 3864 3865 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3866 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3867 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3868 Decl * 3869 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3870 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3871 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 3872 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3873 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3874 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3875 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3876 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3877 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3878 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3879 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3880 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3881 3882 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3883 return nullptr; 3884 3885 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3886 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3887 // it's a Type. 3888 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3889 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3890 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3891 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3892 } 3893 3894 if (Tag) { 3895 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3896 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3897 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3898 return Tag; 3899 } 3900 3901 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3902 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3903 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3904 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3905 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3906 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3907 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3908 } 3909 3910 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 3911 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 3912 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 3913 3914 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3915 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3916 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3917 if (Tag) 3918 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3919 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3920 else 3921 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3922 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3923 return TagD; 3924 } 3925 3926 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3927 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3928 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3929 // its initializer. 3930 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3931 return TagD; 3932 } 3933 3934 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3935 3936 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3937 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3938 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3939 if (TagD && !Tag) 3940 return nullptr; 3941 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3942 } 3943 3944 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3945 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3946 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3947 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3948 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 3949 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 3950 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3951 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3952 // or an explicit specialization. 3953 // 3954 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 3955 // obvious intent of DR1819. 3956 // 3957 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3958 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3959 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3960 return nullptr; 3961 } 3962 3963 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3964 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3965 3966 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3967 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3968 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3969 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3970 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3971 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 3972 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 3973 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 3974 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 3975 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 3976 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 3977 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 3978 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 3979 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3980 AnonRecord = Record; 3981 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3982 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3983 } 3984 3985 DeclaresAnything = false; 3986 } 3987 } 3988 3989 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3990 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3991 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3992 // 3993 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3994 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3995 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3996 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3997 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3998 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3999 // struct STRUCT; 4000 // union UNION; 4001 // and 4002 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 4003 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 4004 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 4005 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 4006 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 4007 if (Tag) 4008 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 4009 else if (const RecordType *RT = 4010 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 4011 Record = RT->getDecl(); 4012 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 4013 Record = UT->getDecl(); 4014 4015 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4016 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 4017 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 4018 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 4019 } 4020 4021 DeclaresAnything = false; 4022 } 4023 } 4024 4025 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 4026 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 4027 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 4028 return TagD; 4029 4030 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4031 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4032 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 4033 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 4034 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 4035 DeclaresAnything = false; 4036 4037 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 4038 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 4039 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4040 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 4041 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4042 else 4043 DeclaresAnything = false; 4044 } 4045 4046 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4047 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4048 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4049 << Tag->getTagKind() 4050 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4051 4052 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4053 4054 // C 6.7/2: 4055 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4056 // or the members of an enumeration. 4057 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4058 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4059 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4060 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4061 // previous declaration. 4062 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4063 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4064 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4065 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4066 return TagD; 4067 } 4068 4069 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4070 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4071 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4072 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4073 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4074 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4075 // 4076 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4077 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4078 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4079 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4080 4081 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4082 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4083 // useless. 4084 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4085 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4086 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4087 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4088 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4089 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4090 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4091 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4092 } 4093 4094 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4095 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4096 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4097 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4098 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4099 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4100 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4101 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4102 // Restrict is covered above. 4103 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4104 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4105 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4106 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4107 } 4108 4109 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4110 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4111 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4112 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4113 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4114 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4115 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4116 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4117 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4118 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4119 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 4120 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 4121 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4122 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4123 } 4124 } 4125 4126 return TagD; 4127 } 4128 4129 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4130 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4131 /// 4132 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4133 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4134 Scope *S, 4135 DeclContext *Owner, 4136 DeclarationName Name, 4137 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4138 bool IsUnion) { 4139 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4140 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4141 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4142 4143 // Pick a representative declaration. 4144 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4145 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4146 4147 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4148 return false; 4149 4150 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4151 << IsUnion << Name; 4152 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4153 4154 return true; 4155 } 4156 4157 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4158 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4159 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4160 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4161 /// struct, e.g., 4162 /// 4163 /// @code 4164 /// union { 4165 /// int i; 4166 /// float f; 4167 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4168 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4169 /// @endcode 4170 /// 4171 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4172 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4173 static bool 4174 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4175 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4176 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4177 bool Invalid = false; 4178 4179 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4180 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4181 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4182 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4183 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4184 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4185 VD->getLocation(), 4186 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4187 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4188 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4189 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4190 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4191 Invalid = true; 4192 } else { 4193 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4194 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4195 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4196 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4197 // anonymous union is declared. 4198 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4199 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4200 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4201 else 4202 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4203 4204 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4205 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4206 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4207 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4208 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4209 4210 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4211 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4212 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4213 4214 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4215 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4216 4217 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4218 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4219 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4220 4221 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4222 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4223 4224 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4225 } 4226 } 4227 } 4228 4229 return Invalid; 4230 } 4231 4232 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4233 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4234 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4235 static StorageClass 4236 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4237 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4238 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4239 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4240 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4241 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4242 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4243 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4244 return SC_None; 4245 return SC_Extern; 4246 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4247 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4248 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4249 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4250 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4251 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4252 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4253 } 4254 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4255 } 4256 4257 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4258 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4259 4260 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4261 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4262 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4263 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4264 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4265 return FD->getLocation(); 4266 } 4267 4268 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4269 } 4270 4271 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4272 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4273 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4274 return; 4275 4276 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4277 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4278 } 4279 4280 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4281 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4282 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4283 return; 4284 4285 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4286 } 4287 4288 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4289 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4290 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4291 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4292 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4293 AccessSpecifier AS, 4294 RecordDecl *Record, 4295 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4296 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4297 4298 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4299 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4300 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4301 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4302 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4303 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4304 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4305 4306 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4307 // structs/unions. 4308 bool Invalid = false; 4309 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4310 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4311 unsigned DiagID; 4312 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4313 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4314 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4315 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4316 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4317 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4318 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4319 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4320 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4321 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4322 4323 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4324 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4325 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4326 } 4327 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4328 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4329 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4330 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4331 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4332 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4333 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4334 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4335 4336 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4337 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4338 SourceLocation(), 4339 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4340 } 4341 } 4342 4343 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4344 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4345 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4346 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4347 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4348 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4349 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4350 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4351 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4352 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4353 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4354 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4355 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4356 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4357 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4358 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4359 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4360 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4361 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4362 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4363 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4364 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4365 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4366 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4367 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4368 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4369 4370 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4371 } 4372 4373 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4374 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4375 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4376 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4377 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4378 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4379 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4380 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4381 // members (clause 11). 4382 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4383 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4384 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4385 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4386 Invalid = true; 4387 } 4388 4389 // C++ [class.union]p1 4390 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4391 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4392 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4393 // array of such objects. 4394 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4395 Invalid = true; 4396 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4397 // Any implicit members are fine. 4398 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4399 // This is a type that showed up in an 4400 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4401 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4402 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4403 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4404 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4405 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4406 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4407 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4408 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4409 << Record->isUnion(); 4410 else { 4411 // This is a nested type declaration. 4412 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4413 << Record->isUnion(); 4414 Invalid = true; 4415 } 4416 } else { 4417 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4418 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4419 // not part of standard C++. 4420 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4421 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4422 << Record->isUnion(); 4423 } 4424 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4425 // Any access specifier is fine. 4426 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4427 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4428 } else { 4429 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4430 // member. Complain about it. 4431 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4432 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4433 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4434 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4435 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4436 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4437 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4438 4439 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4440 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4441 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4442 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4443 << Record->isUnion(); 4444 else { 4445 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4446 Invalid = true; 4447 } 4448 } 4449 } 4450 4451 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4452 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4453 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4454 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4455 Owner->isRecord()) 4456 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4457 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4458 } 4459 4460 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4461 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4462 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4463 Invalid = true; 4464 } 4465 4466 // Mock up a declarator. 4467 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4468 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4469 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4470 4471 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4472 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4473 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4474 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4475 DS.getLocStart(), 4476 Record->getLocation(), 4477 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4478 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4479 TInfo, 4480 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4481 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4482 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4483 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4484 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4485 } else { 4486 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4487 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4488 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4489 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4490 // an error here 4491 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4492 Invalid = true; 4493 SC = SC_None; 4494 } 4495 4496 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4497 DS.getLocStart(), 4498 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4499 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4500 TInfo, SC); 4501 4502 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4503 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4504 // initializer: 4505 // union { int n = 0; }; 4506 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4507 } 4508 Anon->setImplicit(); 4509 4510 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4511 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4512 4513 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4514 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4515 // its members. 4516 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4517 4518 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4519 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4520 // purposes. 4521 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4522 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4523 4524 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4525 Invalid = true; 4526 4527 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4528 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4529 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4530 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4531 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4532 Context.setManglingNumber( 4533 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4534 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4535 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4536 } 4537 } 4538 } 4539 4540 if (Invalid) 4541 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4542 4543 return Anon; 4544 } 4545 4546 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4547 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4548 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4549 /// Example: 4550 /// 4551 /// struct A { int a; }; 4552 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4553 /// 4554 /// void foo() { 4555 /// B var; 4556 /// var.a = 3; 4557 /// } 4558 /// 4559 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4560 RecordDecl *Record) { 4561 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4562 4563 // Mock up a declarator. 4564 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4565 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4566 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4567 4568 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4569 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4570 4571 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4572 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4573 ParentDecl, 4574 DS.getLocStart(), 4575 DS.getLocStart(), 4576 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4577 RecTy, 4578 TInfo, 4579 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4580 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4581 Anon->setImplicit(); 4582 4583 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4584 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4585 4586 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4587 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4588 // purposes. 4589 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4590 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4591 4592 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4593 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4594 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4595 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4596 AS_none, Chain)) { 4597 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4598 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4599 } 4600 4601 return Anon; 4602 } 4603 4604 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4605 /// given Declarator. 4606 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4607 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4608 } 4609 4610 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4611 DeclarationNameInfo 4612 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4613 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4614 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4615 4616 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4617 4618 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4619 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4620 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4621 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4622 return NameInfo; 4623 4624 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4625 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4626 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4627 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4628 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4629 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4630 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4631 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4632 return NameInfo; 4633 4634 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4635 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4636 Name.Identifier)); 4637 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4638 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4639 return NameInfo; 4640 4641 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4642 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4643 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4644 if (Ty.isNull()) 4645 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4646 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4647 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4648 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4649 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4650 return NameInfo; 4651 } 4652 4653 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4654 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4655 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4656 if (Ty.isNull()) 4657 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4658 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4659 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4660 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4661 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4662 return NameInfo; 4663 } 4664 4665 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4666 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4667 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4668 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4669 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4670 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4671 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4672 4673 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4674 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4675 4676 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4677 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4678 // was qualified. 4679 4680 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4681 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4682 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4683 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4684 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4685 return NameInfo; 4686 } 4687 4688 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4689 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4690 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4691 if (Ty.isNull()) 4692 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4693 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4694 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4695 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4696 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4697 return NameInfo; 4698 } 4699 4700 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4701 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4702 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4703 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4704 } 4705 4706 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4707 4708 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4709 } 4710 4711 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4712 do { 4713 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4714 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4715 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4716 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4717 else 4718 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4719 } while (true); 4720 } 4721 4722 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4723 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4724 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4725 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4726 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4727 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4728 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4729 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4730 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4731 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4732 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4733 Params.clear(); 4734 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4735 return false; 4736 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4737 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4738 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4739 4740 // The parameter types are identical 4741 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4742 continue; 4743 4744 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4745 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4746 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4747 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4748 4749 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4750 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4751 Params.push_back(Idx); 4752 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4753 return false; 4754 } 4755 4756 return true; 4757 } 4758 4759 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4760 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4761 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4762 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4763 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4764 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4765 DeclarationName Name) { 4766 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4767 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4768 // - types which will become injected class names 4769 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4770 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4771 // few cases here. 4772 4773 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4774 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4775 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4776 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4777 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4778 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4779 // Grab the type from the parser. 4780 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4781 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4782 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4783 4784 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4785 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4786 // attached already. 4787 if (!TSI) 4788 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4789 4790 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4791 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4792 if (!TSI) return true; 4793 4794 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4795 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4796 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4797 break; 4798 } 4799 4800 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4801 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4802 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4803 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4804 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4805 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4806 break; 4807 } 4808 4809 default: 4810 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4811 break; 4812 } 4813 4814 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4815 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4816 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4817 4818 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4819 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4820 // pointer. 4821 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4822 continue; 4823 4824 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4825 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4826 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4827 return true; 4828 } 4829 4830 return false; 4831 } 4832 4833 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4834 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4835 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4836 4837 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4838 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4839 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4840 4841 return Dcl; 4842 } 4843 4844 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4845 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4846 /// name different from T: 4847 /// - every static data member of class T; 4848 /// - every member function of class T 4849 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4850 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4851 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4852 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4853 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4854 4855 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4856 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 4857 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 4858 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4859 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4860 return true; 4861 } 4862 4863 return false; 4864 } 4865 4866 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4867 /// nested-name-specifier. 4868 /// 4869 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4870 /// 4871 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4872 /// resolves. 4873 /// 4874 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4875 /// 4876 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4877 /// 4878 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4879 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4880 DeclarationName Name, 4881 SourceLocation Loc) { 4882 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4883 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4884 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4885 4886 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4887 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4888 // 4889 // class X { 4890 // void X::f(); 4891 // }; 4892 // 4893 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4894 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4895 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4896 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4897 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4898 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4899 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4900 SS.clear(); 4901 } else { 4902 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4903 } 4904 return false; 4905 } 4906 4907 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4908 // declaration. 4909 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4910 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4911 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4912 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4913 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4914 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4915 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4916 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4917 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4918 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4919 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4920 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4921 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4922 else 4923 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4924 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4925 4926 return true; 4927 } 4928 4929 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4930 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4931 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4932 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4933 SS.clear(); 4934 4935 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4936 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4937 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4938 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4939 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4940 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4941 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4942 return true; 4943 4944 return false; 4945 } 4946 4947 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4948 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4949 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4950 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4951 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4952 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4953 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4954 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4955 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4956 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4957 4958 return false; 4959 } 4960 4961 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4962 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4963 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4964 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4965 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4966 4967 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4968 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4969 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 4970 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); 4971 } else if (!Name) { 4972 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4973 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4974 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4975 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4976 return nullptr; 4977 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4978 return nullptr; 4979 4980 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4981 // we find one that is. 4982 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4983 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4984 S = S->getParent(); 4985 4986 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4987 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4988 D.setInvalidType(); 4989 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4990 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4991 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4992 return nullptr; 4993 4994 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4995 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4996 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4997 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4998 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4999 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 5000 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 5001 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5002 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 5003 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 5004 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5005 return nullptr; 5006 } 5007 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 5008 5009 if (!IsDependentContext && 5010 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 5011 return nullptr; 5012 5013 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 5014 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 5015 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5016 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 5017 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5018 return nullptr; 5019 } 5020 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5021 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 5022 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 5023 if (DC->isRecord()) 5024 return nullptr; 5025 5026 D.setInvalidType(); 5027 } 5028 } 5029 5030 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 5031 // declaration in the current instantiation. 5032 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 5033 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 5034 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5035 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 5036 D.setInvalidType(); 5037 } 5038 } 5039 5040 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5041 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5042 5043 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 5044 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 5045 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 5046 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 5047 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5048 return nullptr; 5049 5050 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5051 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5052 D.setInvalidType(); 5053 5054 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5055 ForRedeclaration); 5056 5057 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5058 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5059 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5060 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5061 5062 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5063 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5064 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5065 // 5066 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5067 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5068 // the same name. 5069 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5070 /* Do nothing*/; 5071 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5072 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5073 R->isFunctionType())) { 5074 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5075 CreateBuiltins = 5076 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5077 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5078 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5079 CreateBuiltins = true; 5080 5081 if (IsLinkageLookup) 5082 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5083 5084 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5085 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5086 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5087 5088 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5089 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5090 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5091 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5092 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5093 // thereof; [...] 5094 // 5095 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5096 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5097 // we want to match. For example, given: 5098 // 5099 // class X { 5100 // void f(); 5101 // void f(float); 5102 // }; 5103 // 5104 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5105 // 5106 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5107 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5108 // matches. 5109 5110 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5111 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5112 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5113 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5114 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5115 } 5116 5117 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5118 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5119 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5120 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5121 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5122 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5123 5124 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5125 Previous.clear(); 5126 } 5127 5128 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5129 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5130 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 5131 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 5132 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5133 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5134 Previous.clear(); 5135 5136 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5137 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5138 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5139 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5140 5141 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5142 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 5143 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 5144 // template, declared in namespace scope 5145 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5146 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5147 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5148 return nullptr; 5149 } 5150 5151 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 5152 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5153 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 5154 return nullptr; 5155 } 5156 } 5157 5158 NamedDecl *New; 5159 5160 bool AddToScope = true; 5161 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5162 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5163 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5164 return nullptr; 5165 } 5166 5167 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5168 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5169 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5170 TemplateParamLists, 5171 AddToScope); 5172 } else { 5173 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5174 AddToScope); 5175 } 5176 5177 if (!New) 5178 return nullptr; 5179 5180 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5181 // add it to the scope stack. 5182 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) { 5183 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5184 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5185 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5186 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5187 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5188 if (!AddToContext) 5189 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5190 } 5191 5192 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5193 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5194 5195 return New; 5196 } 5197 5198 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5199 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5200 /// GCC compatibility). 5201 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5202 ASTContext &Context, 5203 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5204 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5205 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5206 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5207 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5208 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5209 SizeIsNegative = false; 5210 Oversized = 0; 5211 5212 if (T->isDependentType()) 5213 return QualType(); 5214 5215 QualifierCollector Qs; 5216 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5217 5218 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5219 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5220 QualType FixedType = 5221 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5222 Oversized); 5223 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5224 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5225 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5226 } 5227 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5228 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5229 QualType FixedType = 5230 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5231 Oversized); 5232 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5233 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5234 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5235 } 5236 5237 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5238 if (!VLATy) 5239 return QualType(); 5240 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5241 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5242 return QualType(); 5243 5244 llvm::APSInt Res; 5245 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5246 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5247 return QualType(); 5248 5249 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5250 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5251 SizeIsNegative = true; 5252 return QualType(); 5253 } 5254 5255 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5256 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5257 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5258 Res); 5259 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5260 Oversized = Res; 5261 return QualType(); 5262 } 5263 5264 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5265 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5266 } 5267 5268 static void 5269 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5270 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5271 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5272 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5273 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5274 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5275 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5276 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5277 return; 5278 } 5279 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5280 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5281 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5282 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5283 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5284 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5285 return; 5286 } 5287 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5288 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5289 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5290 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5291 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5292 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5293 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5294 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5295 } 5296 5297 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5298 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5299 /// GCC compatibility). 5300 static TypeSourceInfo* 5301 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5302 ASTContext &Context, 5303 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5304 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5305 QualType FixedTy 5306 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5307 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5308 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5309 return nullptr; 5310 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5311 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5312 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5313 return FixedTInfo; 5314 } 5315 5316 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5317 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5318 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5319 /// function-scope declarations. 5320 void 5321 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5322 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5323 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5324 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5325 return; 5326 5327 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5328 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5329 } 5330 5331 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5332 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5333 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5334 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5335 } 5336 5337 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5338 /// does not identify a function. 5339 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5340 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5341 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 5342 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5343 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5344 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5345 5346 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5347 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5348 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5349 5350 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5351 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5352 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5353 } 5354 5355 NamedDecl* 5356 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5357 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5358 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5359 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5360 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5361 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5362 D.setInvalidType(); 5363 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5364 DC = CurContext; 5365 Previous.clear(); 5366 } 5367 5368 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5369 5370 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 5371 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 5372 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 5373 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5374 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5375 << 1; 5376 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5377 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5378 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5379 5380 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5381 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5382 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5383 return nullptr; 5384 } 5385 5386 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5387 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5388 5389 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5390 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5391 5392 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5393 5394 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5395 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5396 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5397 return ND; 5398 } 5399 5400 void 5401 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5402 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5403 // then it shall have block scope. 5404 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5405 // that redeclarations will match. 5406 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5407 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5408 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5409 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5410 5411 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5412 bool SizeIsNegative; 5413 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5414 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5415 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5416 SizeIsNegative, 5417 Oversized); 5418 if (FixedTInfo) { 5419 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5420 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5421 } else { 5422 if (SizeIsNegative) 5423 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5424 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5425 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5426 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5427 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5428 << Oversized.toString(10); 5429 else 5430 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5431 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5432 } 5433 } 5434 } 5435 } 5436 5437 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5438 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5439 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5440 NamedDecl* 5441 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5442 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5443 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5444 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5445 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5446 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5447 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5448 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5449 Redeclaration = true; 5450 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5451 } 5452 5453 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5454 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5455 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5456 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5457 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5458 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5459 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5460 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5461 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5462 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5463 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5464 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5465 } 5466 5467 return NewTD; 5468 } 5469 5470 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5471 /// previous declaration. 5472 /// 5473 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5474 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5475 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5476 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5477 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5478 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5479 /// 5480 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5481 /// lookup 5482 /// 5483 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5484 /// declared. 5485 /// 5486 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5487 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5488 static bool 5489 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5490 ASTContext &Context) { 5491 if (!PrevDecl) 5492 return false; 5493 5494 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5495 return false; 5496 5497 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5498 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5499 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5500 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5501 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5502 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5503 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5504 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5505 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5506 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5507 return false; 5508 5509 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5510 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5511 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5512 return false; 5513 5514 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5515 // previous declarations. 5516 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5517 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5518 5519 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5520 // isn't the same function. 5521 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5522 return false; 5523 } 5524 5525 return true; 5526 } 5527 5528 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5529 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5530 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5531 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5532 } 5533 5534 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5535 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5536 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5537 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5538 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5539 unsigned kind = -1U; 5540 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5541 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5542 kind = 0; // __block 5543 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5544 kind = 1; // global 5545 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5546 kind = 3; // ivar 5547 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5548 kind = 2; // field 5549 } 5550 5551 if (kind != -1U) { 5552 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5553 << kind; 5554 } 5555 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5556 // Try to infer lifetime. 5557 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5558 return false; 5559 5560 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5561 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5562 decl->setType(type); 5563 } 5564 5565 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5566 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5567 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5568 var->getTLSKind()) { 5569 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5570 << var->getType(); 5571 return true; 5572 } 5573 } 5574 5575 return false; 5576 } 5577 5578 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5579 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5580 // the wrong linkage. 5581 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5582 5583 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5584 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5585 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5586 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5587 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5588 } 5589 } 5590 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5591 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5592 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5593 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5594 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5595 } 5596 } 5597 5598 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5599 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5600 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5601 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5602 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5603 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 5604 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5605 } 5606 } 5607 } 5608 5609 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5610 // It does not apply to functions. 5611 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5612 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5613 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5614 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5615 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5616 } 5617 } 5618 5619 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5620 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5621 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5622 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5623 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5624 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5625 << &ND << Attr; 5626 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5627 } 5628 } 5629 5630 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5631 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5632 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5633 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5634 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5635 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5636 << Attr; 5637 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5638 } 5639 } 5640 5641 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5642 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5643 bool IsSpecialization, 5644 bool IsDefinition) { 5645 if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5646 return; 5647 5648 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5649 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5650 if (!IsSpecialization) 5651 IsDefinition = false; 5652 } 5653 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5654 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5655 5656 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5657 return; 5658 5659 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5660 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5661 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5662 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5663 5664 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5665 // inherited attribute instances. 5666 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5667 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5668 5669 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5670 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5671 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5672 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5673 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5674 5675 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5676 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5677 bool JustWarn = false; 5678 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5679 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5680 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5681 JustWarn = true; 5682 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5683 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5684 JustWarn = true; 5685 } 5686 5687 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5688 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5689 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5690 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5691 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5692 JustWarn = false; 5693 5694 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5695 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5696 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5697 << NewDecl 5698 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5699 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5700 if (!JustWarn) { 5701 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5702 return; 5703 } 5704 } 5705 5706 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5707 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5708 // qualified friend declarations or special MSVC extension: in the last case, 5709 // the declaration is treated as if it were marked dllexport. 5710 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5711 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 5712 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5713 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5714 // separately. 5715 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5716 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 5717 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 5718 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5719 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5720 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5721 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5722 } 5723 5724 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5725 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5726 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 5727 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5728 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 5729 << NewDecl; 5730 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5731 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5732 NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( 5733 NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, 5734 NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); 5735 } else { 5736 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5737 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5738 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5739 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5740 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5741 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5742 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5743 } 5744 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 5745 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5746 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5747 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5748 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5749 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5750 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5751 } 5752 } 5753 5754 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5755 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5756 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5757 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5758 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5759 5760 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5761 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5762 5763 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5764 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5765 return false; 5766 5767 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5768 return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5769 } 5770 5771 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5772 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5773 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5774 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5775 /// 5776 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5777 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5778 /// 5779 /// For instance: 5780 /// 5781 /// auto x = []{}; 5782 /// 5783 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5784 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5785 /// 5786 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5787 template<typename T> 5788 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5789 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5790 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5791 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5792 return false; 5793 5794 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 5795 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5796 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5797 return false; 5798 } 5799 return D->isExternC(); 5800 } 5801 5802 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5803 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5804 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5805 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5806 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5807 return true; 5808 if (DC->isRecord()) 5809 return false; 5810 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5811 } 5812 5813 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5814 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5815 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 5816 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5817 return true; 5818 if (DC->isRecord()) 5819 return false; 5820 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5821 } 5822 5823 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5824 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5825 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5826 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5827 return true; 5828 return false; 5829 } 5830 5831 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5832 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5833 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5834 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5835 return true; 5836 5837 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5838 // position to the decl itself. 5839 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5840 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5841 return true; 5842 } 5843 5844 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5845 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5846 } 5847 5848 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5849 /// function-local external declaration. 5850 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5851 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5852 return false; 5853 5854 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5855 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5856 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5857 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5858 return true; 5859 5860 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5861 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5862 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5863 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5864 // 5865 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5866 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5867 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5868 DC = DC->getParent(); 5869 return true; 5870 } 5871 5872 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5873 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5874 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5875 return FD->isExternC(); 5876 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5877 return VD->isExternC(); 5878 5879 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5880 } 5881 5882 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( 5883 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5884 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5885 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { 5886 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5887 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5888 5889 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5890 5891 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5892 AddToScope = false; 5893 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic 5894 // purposes. 5895 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 5896 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { 5897 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; 5898 Name = II; 5899 } 5900 } else if (!II) { 5901 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5902 << Name; 5903 return nullptr; 5904 } 5905 5906 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5907 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 5908 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 5909 // argument. 5910 if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) { 5911 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5912 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 5913 << R; 5914 D.setInvalidType(); 5915 return nullptr; 5916 } 5917 5918 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 5919 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5920 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q: 5921 // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program scope. 5922 if (NULL == S->getParent()) { 5923 if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) { 5924 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5925 diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) << R; 5926 D.setInvalidType(); 5927 return nullptr; 5928 } 5929 } 5930 5931 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5932 QualType NR = R; 5933 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5934 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5935 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5936 D.setInvalidType(); 5937 break; 5938 } 5939 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5940 } 5941 5942 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5943 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5944 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5945 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5946 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5947 D.setInvalidType(); 5948 } 5949 } 5950 5951 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5952 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5953 // space qualifiers. 5954 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5955 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5956 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5957 } 5958 5959 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 5960 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5961 // address space qualifiers. 5962 if (R->isEventT()) { 5963 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5964 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5965 D.setInvalidType(); 5966 } 5967 } 5968 } 5969 5970 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5971 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5972 5973 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5974 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5975 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5976 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5977 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5978 SC = SC_Extern; 5979 5980 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5981 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5982 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5983 5984 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5985 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5986 // an error here 5987 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5988 D.setInvalidType(); 5989 SC = SC_None; 5990 } 5991 5992 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5993 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5994 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5995 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5996 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5997 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5998 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5999 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 6000 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 6001 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6002 } 6003 6004 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 6005 6006 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 6007 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 6008 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 6009 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 6010 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 6011 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 6012 D.setInvalidType(); 6013 } 6014 } 6015 6016 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 6017 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 6018 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 6019 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 6020 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 6021 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 6022 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 6023 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6024 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6025 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6026 R, TInfo, SC); 6027 6028 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 6029 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6030 6031 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6032 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6033 } else { 6034 bool Invalid = false; 6035 6036 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6037 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 6038 switch (SC) { 6039 case SC_None: 6040 break; 6041 case SC_Static: 6042 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6043 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6044 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6045 break; 6046 case SC_Auto: 6047 case SC_Register: 6048 case SC_Extern: 6049 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6050 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6051 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6052 // of class members 6053 6054 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6055 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6056 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6057 break; 6058 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6059 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6060 } 6061 } 6062 6063 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6064 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6065 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 6066 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6067 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6068 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 6069 6070 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6071 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6072 if (RD->isUnion()) 6073 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6074 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6075 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6076 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6077 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 6078 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 6079 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6080 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6081 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6082 } 6083 } 6084 6085 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6086 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6087 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6088 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6089 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6090 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6091 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6092 : nullptr, 6093 TemplateParamLists, 6094 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 6095 6096 if (TemplateParams) { 6097 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6098 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6099 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6100 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6101 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6102 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6103 << II 6104 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6105 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6106 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6107 } else { 6108 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6109 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6110 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6111 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6112 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6113 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6114 // This is a template declaration. 6115 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6116 6117 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6118 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6119 return nullptr; 6120 6121 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6122 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6123 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6124 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6125 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6126 } 6127 } 6128 } else { 6129 assert( 6130 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 6131 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6132 } 6133 6134 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6135 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6136 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6137 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6138 : SourceLocation(); 6139 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6140 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6141 IsPartialSpecialization); 6142 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6143 return nullptr; 6144 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6145 AddToScope = false; 6146 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6147 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6148 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, 6149 Bindings); 6150 } else 6151 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6152 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6153 6154 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6155 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6156 NewTemplate = 6157 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6158 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6159 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6160 } 6161 6162 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6163 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6164 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 6165 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6166 6167 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6168 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6169 if (NewTemplate) 6170 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6171 } 6172 6173 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6174 6175 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6176 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6177 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6178 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6179 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6180 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6181 6182 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6183 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6184 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 6185 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 6186 // implicitly an inline variable. 6187 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) 6188 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6189 } 6190 6191 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 6192 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6193 VTD->setConcept(); 6194 6195 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 6196 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 6197 // specifiers, [...] 6198 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 6199 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6200 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6201 << 0 << 0; 6202 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6203 } 6204 6205 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6206 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6207 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6208 << 0 << 3; 6209 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6210 } 6211 6212 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 6213 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 6214 // template, declared in namespace scope. 6215 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6216 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 6217 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) 6218 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1); 6219 } 6220 6221 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the 6222 // following restrictions: 6223 // - The declared type shall have the type bool. 6224 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) && 6225 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6226 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl); 6227 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6228 } 6229 } 6230 } 6231 6232 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 6233 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6234 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6235 << 0; 6236 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6237 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 6238 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6239 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6240 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6241 } else { 6242 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6243 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 6244 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 6245 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 6246 } 6247 } 6248 6249 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6250 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6251 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6252 if (NewTemplate) 6253 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6254 6255 if (IsLocalExternDecl) { 6256 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) 6257 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6258 B->setLocalExternDecl(); 6259 else 6260 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6261 } 6262 6263 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6264 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6265 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6266 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6267 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6268 // explicitly. 6269 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6270 // 'extern'. 6271 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6272 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6273 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6274 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6275 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6276 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6277 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6278 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6279 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6280 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6281 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6282 // error should be ignored. 6283 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6284 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6285 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6286 // to emit any code for it. 6287 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6288 } else 6289 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6290 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6291 } else 6292 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6293 } 6294 6295 // C99 6.7.4p3 6296 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6297 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6298 // thread storage duration... 6299 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6300 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6301 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6302 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6303 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6304 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6305 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6306 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6307 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6308 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6309 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6310 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6311 } 6312 } 6313 6314 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6315 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6316 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6317 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6318 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6319 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6320 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 6321 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6322 << 2 6323 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6324 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6325 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6326 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6327 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6328 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6329 else { 6330 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6331 if (NewTemplate) 6332 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6333 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6334 B->setModulePrivate(); 6335 } 6336 } 6337 6338 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6339 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6340 6341 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6342 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6343 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6344 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6345 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6346 // storage [duration]." 6347 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6348 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6349 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6350 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6351 } 6352 } 6353 6354 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6355 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6356 // check the VarDecl itself. 6357 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6358 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6359 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6360 6361 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6362 // retainable type. 6363 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6364 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6365 6366 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6367 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6368 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6369 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6370 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6371 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6372 switch (SC) { 6373 case SC_None: 6374 case SC_Auto: 6375 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6376 break; 6377 case SC_Register: 6378 // Local Named register 6379 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6380 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6381 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6382 break; 6383 case SC_Static: 6384 case SC_Extern: 6385 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6386 break; 6387 } 6388 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6389 // Global Named register 6390 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6391 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6392 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6393 6394 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6395 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6396 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6397 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6398 HasSizeMismatch)) 6399 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6400 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6401 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6402 } 6403 6404 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6405 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6406 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6407 } 6408 } 6409 6410 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6411 Context, Label, 0)); 6412 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6413 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6414 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6415 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6416 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6417 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6418 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6419 } else 6420 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6421 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6422 } 6423 } 6424 6425 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6426 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6427 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6428 6429 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6430 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6431 // declaration has linkage). 6432 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6433 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6434 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6435 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6436 6437 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6438 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6439 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6440 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6441 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6442 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6443 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6444 6445 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6446 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6447 } else { 6448 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6449 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6450 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6451 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6452 6453 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6454 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6455 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6456 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6457 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6458 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6459 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6460 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6461 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6462 Previous.clear(); 6463 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6464 } 6465 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6466 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6467 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6468 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6469 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6470 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6471 } 6472 6473 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6474 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6475 6476 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...] 6477 // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a 6478 // concept definition. 6479 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization && 6480 !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() && 6481 Previous.isSingleResult()) { 6482 NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6483 if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) { 6484 if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) { 6485 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized) 6486 << 1 /*variable*/ 6487 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/ 6488 : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/); 6489 Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6490 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6491 } 6492 } 6493 } 6494 6495 if (NewTemplate) { 6496 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6497 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6498 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6499 : nullptr; 6500 6501 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6502 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6503 // template declaration. 6504 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6505 TemplateParams, 6506 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6507 : nullptr, 6508 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6509 DC->isDependentContext()) 6510 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6511 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6512 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6513 6514 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6515 // template, make a note of that. 6516 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6517 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6518 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6519 } 6520 } 6521 6522 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6523 6524 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6525 // the map of such variables. 6526 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6527 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6528 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6529 6530 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6531 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6532 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6533 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6534 Context.setManglingNumber( 6535 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6536 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6537 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6538 } 6539 } 6540 6541 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6542 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6543 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6544 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6545 6546 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6547 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6548 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6549 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6550 6551 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6552 // behavior. 6553 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6554 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6555 } 6556 6557 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6558 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6559 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6560 IsExplicitSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition()); 6561 } 6562 6563 if (NewTemplate) { 6564 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6565 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6566 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6567 return NewTemplate; 6568 } 6569 6570 return NewVD; 6571 } 6572 6573 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 6574 enum ShadowedDeclKind { SDK_Local, SDK_Global, SDK_StaticMember, SDK_Field }; 6575 6576 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6577 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6578 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 6579 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 6580 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 6581 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 6582 } 6583 6584 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given 6585 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise. 6586 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 6587 const VarDecl *VD) { 6588 for (const LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) { 6589 if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD) 6590 return Capture.getLocation(); 6591 } 6592 return SourceLocation(); 6593 } 6594 6595 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6596 /// -Wshadow. 6597 /// 6598 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6599 /// scope. 6600 /// 6601 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6602 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6603 /// 6604 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6605 // Return if warning is ignored. 6606 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6607 return; 6608 6609 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6610 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6611 return; 6612 6613 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6614 6615 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6616 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6617 return; 6618 6619 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6620 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6621 return; 6622 6623 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 6624 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6625 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6626 if (MD->isStatic()) 6627 return; 6628 6629 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 6630 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 6631 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC) && isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 6632 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 6633 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 6634 D = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 6635 ShadowingDecls.insert({D, FD}); 6636 return; 6637 } 6638 } 6639 6640 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6641 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6642 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6643 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6644 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6645 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6646 ShadowedDecl = I; 6647 break; 6648 } 6649 } 6650 6651 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6652 6653 unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow; 6654 SourceLocation CaptureLoc; 6655 if (isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) { 6656 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) { 6657 if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) { 6658 if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) { 6659 // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list. 6660 const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()); 6661 // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly. 6662 CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)); 6663 if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6664 WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local; 6665 } else { 6666 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the 6667 // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it. 6668 cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()) 6669 ->ShadowingDecls.push_back({D, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)}); 6670 return; 6671 } 6672 } 6673 } 6674 } 6675 6676 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6677 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6678 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6679 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6680 return; 6681 6682 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6683 // static data members from base classes? 6684 6685 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6686 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6687 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6688 } 6689 6690 6691 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6692 6693 // Emit warning and note. 6694 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6695 return; 6696 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 6697 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6698 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6699 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 6700 << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1; 6701 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6702 } 6703 6704 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD 6705 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda. 6706 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) { 6707 for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) { 6708 const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl; 6709 // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured. 6710 SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl); 6711 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6712 Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid() 6713 ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local 6714 : diag::warn_decl_shadow) 6715 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() 6716 << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC; 6717 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6718 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 6719 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0; 6720 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6721 } 6722 } 6723 6724 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6725 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6726 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6727 return; 6728 6729 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6730 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6731 LookupName(R, S); 6732 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6733 } 6734 6735 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 6736 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 6737 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 6738 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 6739 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 6740 return; 6741 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6742 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 6743 if (!DRE) 6744 return; 6745 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 6746 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 6747 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 6748 return; 6749 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 6750 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6751 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 6752 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 6753 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6754 6755 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 6756 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 6757 } 6758 6759 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6760 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6761 template<typename T> 6762 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6763 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6764 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6765 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6766 6767 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6768 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6769 // declaration. 6770 return false; 6771 } 6772 6773 if (Prev) { 6774 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6775 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6776 // redeclaration. 6777 Previous.clear(); 6778 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6779 return true; 6780 } 6781 6782 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6783 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6784 // declaration. 6785 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6786 return false; 6787 } else { 6788 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6789 // translation unit which might conflict. 6790 if (IsGlobal) { 6791 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6792 IsGlobal = false; 6793 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6794 I != E; ++I) { 6795 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6796 Prev = *I; 6797 break; 6798 } 6799 } 6800 } else { 6801 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6802 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6803 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6804 I != E; ++I) { 6805 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6806 Prev = *I; 6807 break; 6808 } 6809 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6810 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6811 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6812 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6813 // diagnostic. 6814 } 6815 } 6816 6817 if (!Prev) 6818 return false; 6819 } 6820 6821 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6822 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6823 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6824 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6825 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6826 else 6827 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6828 6829 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6830 << IsGlobal << ND; 6831 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6832 << IsGlobal; 6833 return false; 6834 } 6835 6836 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6837 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6838 /// 6839 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6840 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6841 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6842 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6843 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6844 template<typename T> 6845 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6846 LookupResult &Previous) { 6847 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6848 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6849 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6850 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6851 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6852 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6853 Previous.clear(); 6854 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6855 return true; 6856 } 6857 } 6858 return false; 6859 } 6860 6861 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6862 // declaration. 6863 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6864 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6865 6866 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6867 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6868 // in another scope. 6869 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6870 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6871 6872 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6873 return false; 6874 } 6875 6876 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6877 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6878 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6879 return; 6880 6881 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6882 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6883 6884 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6885 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6886 return; 6887 6888 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6889 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6890 6891 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6892 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6893 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6894 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6895 NewVD->setType(T); 6896 } 6897 6898 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6899 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6900 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6901 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6902 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 6903 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6904 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6905 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6906 return; 6907 } 6908 6909 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 6910 // scope. 6911 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 6912 !getOpenCLOptions().cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers && 6913 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6914 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6915 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6916 return; 6917 } 6918 6919 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6920 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 6921 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6922 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 6923 return; 6924 } 6925 6926 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 6927 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 6928 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 6929 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 6930 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 6931 << 0 /*const*/; 6932 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6933 return; 6934 } 6935 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6936 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 6937 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6938 return; 6939 } 6940 } 6941 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6942 // __constant address space. 6943 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6944 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6945 // address space. 6946 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 6947 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6948 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 6949 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6950 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6951 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6952 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 6953 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6954 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6955 << Scope << "global or constant"; 6956 else 6957 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6958 << Scope << "constant"; 6959 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6960 return; 6961 } 6962 } else { 6963 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6964 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6965 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 6966 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6967 return; 6968 } 6969 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 6970 // in functions. 6971 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6972 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 6973 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6974 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6975 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 6976 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6977 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 6978 else 6979 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6980 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 6981 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6982 return; 6983 } 6984 } 6985 } 6986 } 6987 6988 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6989 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6990 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6991 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6992 else { 6993 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6994 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6995 } 6996 } 6997 6998 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6999 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 7000 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7001 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7002 7003 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 7004 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 7005 bool SizeIsNegative; 7006 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7007 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 7008 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 7009 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 7010 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 7011 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 7012 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 7013 // int a[10][n]; 7014 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 7015 7016 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7017 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 7018 << SizeRange; 7019 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 7020 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 7021 << SizeRange; 7022 else 7023 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 7024 << SizeRange; 7025 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7026 return; 7027 } 7028 7029 if (!FixedTInfo) { 7030 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7031 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 7032 else 7033 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 7034 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7035 return; 7036 } 7037 7038 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7039 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 7040 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 7041 } 7042 7043 if (T->isVoidType()) { 7044 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 7045 // of objects and functions. 7046 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7047 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 7048 << T; 7049 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7050 return; 7051 } 7052 } 7053 7054 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7055 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7056 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7057 return; 7058 } 7059 7060 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7061 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 7062 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7063 return; 7064 } 7065 7066 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 7067 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 7068 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 7069 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7070 return; 7071 } 7072 } 7073 7074 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 7075 /// declaration. 7076 /// 7077 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 7078 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 7079 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 7080 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 7081 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 7082 /// 7083 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 7084 /// 7085 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 7086 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 7087 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 7088 7089 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7090 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7091 return false; 7092 7093 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 7094 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 7095 if (Previous.empty() && 7096 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 7097 Previous.setShadowed(); 7098 7099 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7100 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 7101 return true; 7102 } 7103 return false; 7104 } 7105 7106 namespace { 7107 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 7108 Sema *S; 7109 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 7110 7111 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 7112 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 7113 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 7114 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 7115 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 7116 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7117 7118 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 7119 7120 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 7121 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7122 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 7123 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 7124 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 7125 7126 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 7127 } 7128 7129 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 7130 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 7131 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 7132 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 7133 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 7134 return true; 7135 } 7136 } 7137 7138 return false; 7139 } 7140 }; 7141 7142 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 7143 } // end anonymous namespace 7144 7145 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 7146 /// overriden methods. 7147 /// 7148 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 7149 /// \param MD the overriding method. 7150 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 7151 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 7152 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 7153 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 7154 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 7155 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 7156 I != E; ++I) { 7157 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 7158 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 7159 // out the diag loop 3 times. 7160 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 7161 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 7162 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 7163 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7164 } 7165 } 7166 7167 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7168 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7169 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7170 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7171 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7172 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7173 FOM.Method = MD; 7174 FOM.S = this; 7175 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7176 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7177 bool AddedAny = false; 7178 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7179 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7180 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7181 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7182 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7183 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7184 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7185 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7186 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7187 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7188 AddedAny = true; 7189 } 7190 } 7191 } 7192 } 7193 7194 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7195 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7196 } 7197 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7198 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7199 } 7200 7201 return AddedAny; 7202 } 7203 7204 namespace { 7205 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7206 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7207 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7208 Scope *S; 7209 Declarator &D; 7210 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7211 bool AddToScope; 7212 }; 7213 } // end anonymous namespace 7214 7215 namespace { 7216 7217 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7218 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7219 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7220 public: 7221 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7222 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7223 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7224 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7225 7226 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7227 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7228 return false; 7229 7230 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7231 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7232 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7233 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7234 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7235 7236 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7237 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7238 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7239 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7240 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7241 return true; 7242 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7243 return true; 7244 } 7245 } 7246 } 7247 7248 return false; 7249 } 7250 7251 private: 7252 ASTContext &Context; 7253 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7254 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7255 }; 7256 7257 } // end anonymous namespace 7258 7259 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7260 /// 7261 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7262 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7263 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7264 /// the same name. 7265 /// 7266 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7267 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7268 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7269 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7270 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7271 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7272 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7273 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7274 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7275 TypoCorrection Correction; 7276 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7277 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 7278 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7279 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7280 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7281 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7282 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 7283 7284 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7285 if (IsLocalFriend) 7286 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7287 else 7288 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7289 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7290 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7291 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7292 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7293 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7294 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7295 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7296 if (FD && 7297 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7298 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7299 // involve a parameter 7300 unsigned ParamNum = 7301 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7302 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7303 } 7304 } 7305 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7306 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7307 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7308 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7309 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7310 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7311 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7312 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7313 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7314 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7315 Previous.clear(); 7316 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7317 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7318 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7319 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7320 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7321 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7322 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7323 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7324 } 7325 } 7326 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7327 7328 NamedDecl *Result; 7329 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7330 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7331 { 7332 // Trap errors. 7333 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7334 7335 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7336 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7337 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7338 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7339 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7340 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7341 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7342 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7343 7344 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7345 Result = nullptr; 7346 } 7347 7348 if (Result) { 7349 // Determine which correction we picked. 7350 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7351 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7352 I != E; ++I) 7353 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7354 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7355 7356 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7357 Correction, 7358 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7359 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7360 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7361 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7362 return Result; 7363 } 7364 7365 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7366 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7367 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7368 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7369 Previous.clear(); 7370 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7371 } 7372 7373 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7374 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7375 7376 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7377 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7378 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7379 7380 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7381 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7382 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7383 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7384 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7385 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7386 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7387 7388 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7389 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7390 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7391 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7392 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7393 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7394 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7395 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7396 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7397 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7398 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7399 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7400 } else 7401 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7402 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7403 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7404 } 7405 return nullptr; 7406 } 7407 7408 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7409 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7410 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7411 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7412 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7413 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7414 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7415 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7416 D.setInvalidType(); 7417 break; 7418 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7419 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7420 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7421 return SC_None; 7422 return SC_Extern; 7423 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7424 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7425 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7426 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7427 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7428 // other than extern 7429 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7430 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7431 diag::err_static_block_func); 7432 break; 7433 } else 7434 return SC_Static; 7435 } 7436 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7437 } 7438 7439 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7440 return SC_None; 7441 } 7442 7443 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7444 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7445 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7446 StorageClass SC, 7447 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7448 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7449 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7450 7451 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7452 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7453 7454 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7455 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7456 // prototype. This true when: 7457 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7458 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 7459 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 7460 bool HasPrototype = 7461 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7462 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7463 7464 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7465 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7466 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7467 HasPrototype, false); 7468 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7469 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7470 7471 return NewFD; 7472 } 7473 7474 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7475 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7476 7477 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7478 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7479 // the class has been completely parsed. 7480 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7481 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7482 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7483 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7484 D.setInvalidType(); 7485 7486 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7487 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7488 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7489 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7490 7491 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7492 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7493 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7494 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7495 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7496 isConstexpr); 7497 7498 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7499 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7500 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7501 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7502 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7503 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7504 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7505 D.getLocStart(), 7506 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7507 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7508 7509 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7510 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7511 // it yet. 7512 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7513 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7514 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7515 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7516 } 7517 7518 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7519 return NewDD; 7520 7521 } else { 7522 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7523 D.setInvalidType(); 7524 7525 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7526 // code path. 7527 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7528 D.getLocStart(), 7529 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7530 SC, isInline, 7531 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7532 } 7533 7534 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7535 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7536 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7537 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7538 return nullptr; 7539 } 7540 7541 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7542 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7543 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7544 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7545 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7546 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7547 7548 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7549 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7550 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7551 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7552 // constructor if it has no return type). 7553 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7554 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7555 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7556 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7557 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7558 return nullptr; 7559 } 7560 7561 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7562 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7563 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7564 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7565 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7566 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7567 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7568 return Ret; 7569 } else { 7570 bool isFriend = 7571 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7572 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7573 return nullptr; 7574 7575 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7576 // prototype. This true when: 7577 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7578 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7579 D.getLocStart(), 7580 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7581 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7582 } 7583 } 7584 7585 enum OpenCLParamType { 7586 ValidKernelParam, 7587 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7588 PtrKernelParam, 7589 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 7590 InvalidKernelParam, 7591 RecordKernelParam 7592 }; 7593 7594 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { 7595 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7596 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7597 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7598 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7599 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7600 : PtrKernelParam; 7601 } 7602 7603 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7604 // be used as builtin types. 7605 7606 if (PT->isImageType()) 7607 return PtrKernelParam; 7608 7609 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7610 return InvalidKernelParam; 7611 7612 if (PT->isEventT()) 7613 return InvalidKernelParam; 7614 7615 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: 7616 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in 7617 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. 7618 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16 && PT->isHalfType()) 7619 return InvalidKernelParam; 7620 7621 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7622 return RecordKernelParam; 7623 7624 return ValidKernelParam; 7625 } 7626 7627 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7628 Sema &S, 7629 Declarator &D, 7630 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7631 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7632 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7633 7634 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7635 // used again 7636 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7637 return; 7638 7639 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { 7640 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7641 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7642 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7643 // pointer to a pointer type. 7644 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7645 D.setInvalidType(); 7646 return; 7647 7648 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7649 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7650 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7651 // pointer to the private address space. 7652 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7653 D.setInvalidType(); 7654 return; 7655 7656 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7657 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7658 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7659 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7660 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7661 7662 case InvalidKernelParam: 7663 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7664 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7665 // of event_t type. 7666 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument 7667 // type for any function elsewhere. 7668 if (!PT->isHalfType()) 7669 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7670 D.setInvalidType(); 7671 return; 7672 7673 case PtrKernelParam: 7674 case ValidKernelParam: 7675 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7676 return; 7677 7678 case RecordKernelParam: 7679 break; 7680 } 7681 7682 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7683 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7684 7685 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7686 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7687 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7688 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7689 7690 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7691 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7692 7693 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7694 7695 do { 7696 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7697 if (!Next) { 7698 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7699 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7700 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7701 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7702 7703 continue; 7704 } 7705 7706 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7707 // field itself) to the history stack. 7708 const RecordDecl *RD; 7709 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7710 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7711 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7712 } else { 7713 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7714 } 7715 7716 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7717 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7718 7719 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7720 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7721 7722 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7723 continue; 7724 7725 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); 7726 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7727 continue; 7728 7729 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7730 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7731 continue; 7732 } 7733 7734 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7735 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7736 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7737 // union. 7738 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7739 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7740 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7741 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7742 << PT->isUnionType() 7743 << PT; 7744 } else { 7745 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7746 } 7747 7748 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7749 << PD->getDeclName(); 7750 7751 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7752 // the offending field came from 7753 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7754 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7755 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7756 I != E; ++I) { 7757 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7758 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7759 << OuterField->getType(); 7760 } 7761 7762 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7763 << QT->isPointerType() 7764 << QT; 7765 D.setInvalidType(); 7766 return; 7767 } 7768 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7769 } 7770 7771 NamedDecl* 7772 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7773 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7774 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7775 bool &AddToScope) { 7776 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7777 7778 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7779 7780 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7781 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7782 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7783 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7784 7785 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7786 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7787 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7788 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7789 7790 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7791 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7792 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7793 7794 bool isFriend = false; 7795 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7796 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7797 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7798 7799 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7800 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7801 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7802 7803 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7804 7805 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7806 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7807 7808 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7809 isVirtualOkay); 7810 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7811 7812 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7813 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7814 7815 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7816 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7817 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7818 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7819 7820 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7821 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7822 7823 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7824 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7825 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7826 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7827 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7828 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7829 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7830 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7831 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7832 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7833 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7834 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7835 } 7836 7837 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7838 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7839 // return true). 7840 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7841 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7842 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7843 NewFD->setPure(true); 7844 7845 // C++ [class.union]p2 7846 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7847 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7848 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7849 } 7850 7851 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7852 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7853 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7854 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7855 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7856 7857 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7858 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7859 bool Invalid = false; 7860 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7861 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7862 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7863 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7864 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7865 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7866 : nullptr, 7867 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7868 Invalid)) { 7869 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7870 // This is a function template 7871 7872 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7873 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7874 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7875 7876 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7877 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7878 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7879 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7880 } 7881 7882 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7883 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7884 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7885 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7886 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7887 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7888 Invalid = true; 7889 } 7890 7891 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7892 NewFD->getLocation(), 7893 Name, TemplateParams, 7894 NewFD); 7895 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7896 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7897 7898 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7899 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7900 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7901 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7902 } 7903 } else { 7904 // This is a function template specialization. 7905 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7906 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7907 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7908 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7909 7910 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7911 if (isFriend) { 7912 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7913 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7914 7915 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7916 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7917 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7918 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7919 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7920 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7921 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7922 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7923 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7924 } 7925 7926 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7927 << Name << RemoveRange 7928 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7929 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7930 } 7931 } 7932 } 7933 else { 7934 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7935 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7936 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7937 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7938 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7939 } 7940 7941 if (Invalid) { 7942 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7943 if (FunctionTemplate) 7944 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7945 } 7946 7947 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7948 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7949 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7950 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7951 // 7952 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7953 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7954 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7955 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7956 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7957 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7958 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7959 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7960 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7961 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7962 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7963 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7964 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7965 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7966 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7967 } else { 7968 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7969 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7970 } 7971 7972 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7973 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7974 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7975 } 7976 7977 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7978 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7979 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7980 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7981 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7982 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7983 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7984 // thing to do. 7985 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7986 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7987 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7988 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7989 QualType Result = 7990 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7991 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7992 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7993 } 7994 7995 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7996 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7997 // declaration. 7998 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7999 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 8000 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 8001 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8002 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 8003 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 8004 } 8005 } 8006 8007 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 8008 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 8009 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 8010 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 8011 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8012 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8013 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 8014 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8015 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 8016 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8017 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 8018 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8019 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 8020 // or conversion function. 8021 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8022 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 8023 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8024 } 8025 } 8026 8027 if (isConstexpr) { 8028 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 8029 // are implicitly inline. 8030 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8031 8032 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 8033 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 8034 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 8035 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 8036 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 8037 } 8038 8039 if (isConcept) { 8040 // This is a function concept. 8041 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 8042 FTD->setConcept(); 8043 8044 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8045 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 8046 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8047 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8048 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 8049 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8050 } 8051 8052 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 8053 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 8054 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 8055 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8056 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 8057 SourceRange Range; 8058 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 8059 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 8060 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 8061 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 8062 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8063 } else { 8064 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 8065 } 8066 8067 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8068 // following restrictions: 8069 // - The declared return type shall have the type bool. 8070 if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) { 8071 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret); 8072 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8073 } 8074 8075 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8076 // following restrictions: 8077 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 8078 // parameter list. 8079 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 8080 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 8081 } 8082 8083 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 8084 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 8085 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8086 8087 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 8088 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 8089 // specifiers, [...] 8090 if (isInline) { 8091 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8092 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8093 << 1 << 1; 8094 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8095 } 8096 8097 if (isFriend) { 8098 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 8099 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8100 << 1 << 2; 8101 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8102 } 8103 8104 if (isConstexpr) { 8105 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 8106 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8107 << 1 << 3; 8108 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8109 } 8110 8111 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8112 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 8113 // template, declared in namespace scope. 8114 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8115 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8116 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1; 8117 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8118 return NewFD; 8119 } 8120 } 8121 8122 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 8123 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8124 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8125 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 8126 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 8127 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8128 << 0 8129 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8130 } else { 8131 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8132 if (FunctionTemplate) 8133 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 8134 } 8135 } 8136 8137 if (isFriend) { 8138 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8139 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8140 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 8141 } 8142 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8143 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8144 } 8145 8146 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 8147 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 8148 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 8149 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 8150 case FDK_Declaration: 8151 case FDK_Definition: 8152 break; 8153 8154 case FDK_Defaulted: 8155 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 8156 break; 8157 8158 case FDK_Deleted: 8159 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 8160 break; 8161 } 8162 8163 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 8164 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8165 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 8166 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 8167 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8168 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8169 } 8170 8171 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8172 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8173 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8174 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8175 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8176 // the class. 8177 8178 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8179 // member function definition. 8180 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8181 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 8182 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8183 } 8184 8185 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 8186 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 8187 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 8188 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8189 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 8190 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 8191 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 8192 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 8193 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 8194 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 8195 } 8196 8197 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 8198 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 8199 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 8200 isExplicitSpecialization || 8201 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8202 8203 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 8204 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 8205 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 8206 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 8207 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 8208 SE->getString(), 0)); 8209 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 8210 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 8211 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8212 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 8213 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 8214 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 8215 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 8216 } else 8217 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 8218 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 8219 } 8220 } 8221 8222 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 8223 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 8224 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 8225 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 8226 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 8227 8228 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 8229 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8230 // single void argument. 8231 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8232 // already checks for that case. 8233 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8234 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8235 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8236 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8237 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8238 Params.push_back(Param); 8239 8240 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8241 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8242 } 8243 } 8244 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8245 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8246 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8247 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8248 // 8249 // @code 8250 // typedef void fn(int); 8251 // fn f; 8252 // @endcode 8253 8254 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8255 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8256 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8257 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8258 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8259 Params.push_back(Param); 8260 } 8261 } else { 8262 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8263 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8264 } 8265 8266 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8267 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8268 8269 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 8270 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 8271 // 8272 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 8273 // 8274 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 8275 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 8276 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 8277 8278 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8279 NewFD->addAttr( 8280 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8281 Context, 0)); 8282 8283 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8284 // because all functions have linkage. 8285 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8286 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8287 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8288 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8289 } 8290 8291 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8292 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8293 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8294 NewFD->addAttr( 8295 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8296 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8297 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8298 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8299 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8300 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8301 NewFD)) 8302 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8303 } 8304 8305 // Handle attributes. 8306 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8307 8308 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8309 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8310 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8311 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8312 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 8313 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 8314 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 8315 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8316 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8317 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8318 } 8319 } 8320 8321 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8322 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8323 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 8324 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8325 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8326 8327 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8328 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8329 8330 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8331 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8332 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8333 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8334 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8335 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8336 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8337 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8338 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8339 8340 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8341 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8342 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8343 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8344 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8345 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8346 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8347 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8348 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8349 int DiagID = 8350 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8351 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8352 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8353 } 8354 } 8355 } else { 8356 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8357 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8358 // 8359 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8360 // 8361 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8362 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8363 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8364 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8365 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8366 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8367 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8368 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8369 8370 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8371 // argument list into our AST format. 8372 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8373 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8374 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8375 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8376 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8377 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8378 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8379 TemplateArgs); 8380 8381 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8382 8383 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8384 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8385 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8386 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8387 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8388 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8389 8390 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8391 } else { 8392 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8393 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8394 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8395 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8396 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8397 } 8398 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8399 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8400 // wrote something like: 8401 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8402 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8403 // friend void foo<>(int); 8404 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8405 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8406 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8407 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8408 } 8409 8410 // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because 8411 // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their 8412 // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied, 8413 // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a 8414 // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template 8415 // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below. 8416 if (getLangOpts().CUDA & !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) 8417 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous); 8418 8419 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8420 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8421 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8422 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8423 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8424 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8425 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8426 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8427 TemplateArgs, 8428 InstantiationDependent))) { 8429 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8430 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8431 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8432 Previous)) 8433 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8434 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8435 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8436 && !isFriend) { 8437 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8438 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8439 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8440 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8441 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8442 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8443 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8444 : nullptr), 8445 Previous)) 8446 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8447 8448 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8449 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8450 // specialization (14.7.3) 8451 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8452 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8453 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8454 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8455 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8456 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8457 << SC 8458 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8459 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8460 8461 else 8462 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8463 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8464 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8465 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8466 } 8467 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8468 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8469 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8470 } 8471 8472 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8473 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8474 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8475 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8476 8477 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8478 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8479 8480 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8481 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8482 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8483 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8484 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8485 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8486 } 8487 8488 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8489 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8490 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8491 8492 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8493 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8494 : NewFD); 8495 8496 if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) { 8497 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8498 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8499 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8500 8501 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8502 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8503 } 8504 8505 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8506 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8507 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8508 8509 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8510 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8511 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8512 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8513 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8514 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8515 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8516 : nullptr, 8517 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8518 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8519 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8520 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8521 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8522 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8523 DC->isDependentContext()) 8524 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8525 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8526 } 8527 8528 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8529 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8530 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8531 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8532 AddToScope }; 8533 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8534 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8535 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8536 8537 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8538 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8539 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8540 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8541 8542 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8543 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8544 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8545 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8546 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8547 // can actually do this check immediately. 8548 if (isFriend && 8549 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8550 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8551 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8552 // ignore these 8553 } else { 8554 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8555 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8556 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8557 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8558 // 8559 // class X { 8560 // void f() const; 8561 // }; 8562 // 8563 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8564 // 8565 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8566 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8567 // whether the parameter types are references). 8568 8569 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8570 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8571 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8572 return Result; 8573 } 8574 } 8575 8576 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8577 // to something. 8578 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8579 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8580 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8581 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8582 return Result; 8583 } 8584 } 8585 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8586 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8587 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8588 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 8589 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8590 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8591 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8592 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8593 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8594 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8595 // generate them. 8596 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8597 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8598 } 8599 } 8600 8601 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8602 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8603 8604 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8605 8606 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8607 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8608 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8609 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8610 << NewFD; 8611 8612 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8613 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8614 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8615 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8616 EPI.Variadic = true; 8617 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8618 8619 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8620 NewFD->setType(R); 8621 } 8622 8623 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8624 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8625 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8626 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8627 8628 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8629 // marking the function. 8630 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8631 8632 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8633 // a pragma. 8634 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8635 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8636 8637 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8638 // the map of such variables. 8639 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8640 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8641 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8642 8643 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8644 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8645 8646 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8647 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8648 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8649 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 8650 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 8651 } 8652 8653 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 8654 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 8655 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8656 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8657 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8658 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8659 8660 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8661 } 8662 8663 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 8664 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 8665 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 8666 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 8667 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 8668 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 8669 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 8670 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 8671 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 8672 } 8673 } 8674 8675 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8676 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8677 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8678 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8679 return FunctionTemplate; 8680 } 8681 } 8682 8683 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8684 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8685 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8686 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8687 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8688 D.setInvalidType(); 8689 } 8690 8691 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8692 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8693 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8694 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8695 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8696 : FixItHint()); 8697 D.setInvalidType(); 8698 } 8699 8700 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8701 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 8702 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8703 } 8704 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 8705 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8706 8707 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 8708 // types. 8709 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 8710 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 8711 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 8712 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 8713 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 8714 D.setInvalidType(); 8715 } 8716 } 8717 } 8718 } 8719 8720 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8721 8722 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8723 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8724 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8725 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8726 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8727 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8728 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8729 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8730 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8731 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8732 AddToScope = false; 8733 } 8734 8735 return NewFD; 8736 } 8737 8738 /// \brief Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be 8739 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. 8740 /// 8741 /// \param D Declaration that is checked. 8742 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the 8743 /// same declaration name. 8744 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl 8745 /// belongs to. 8746 /// 8747 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { 8748 // Any declarations should be put into redeclaration chains except for 8749 // friend declaration in a dependent context that names a function in 8750 // namespace scope. 8751 // 8752 // This allows to compile code like: 8753 // 8754 // void func(); 8755 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() { } }; 8756 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() { } }; 8757 // 8758 // This code snippet is a valid code unless both templates are instantiated. 8759 return !(D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 8760 D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext() && 8761 D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None); 8762 } 8763 8764 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8765 /// 8766 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8767 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8768 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8769 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8770 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8771 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8772 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8773 /// 8774 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8775 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8776 /// 8777 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8778 /// 8779 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8780 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8781 LookupResult &Previous, 8782 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8783 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8784 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8785 8786 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8787 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8788 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8789 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8790 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8791 8792 bool Redeclaration = false; 8793 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8794 8795 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8796 // the same name, if appropriate. 8797 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8798 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8799 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8800 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8801 // function to the scope. 8802 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8803 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8804 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8805 Redeclaration = true; 8806 OldDecl = Candidate; 8807 } 8808 } else { 8809 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8810 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8811 case Ovl_Match: 8812 Redeclaration = true; 8813 break; 8814 8815 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8816 Redeclaration = true; 8817 break; 8818 8819 case Ovl_Overload: 8820 Redeclaration = false; 8821 break; 8822 } 8823 8824 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8825 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8826 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8827 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8828 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8829 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8830 if (Redeclaration) 8831 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8832 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8833 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8834 if (OverloadedDecl) 8835 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8836 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8837 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8838 } 8839 } 8840 } 8841 8842 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8843 if (!Redeclaration && 8844 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8845 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8846 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8847 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8848 Redeclaration = true; 8849 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8850 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8851 8852 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8853 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8854 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8855 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8856 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8857 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8858 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8859 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8860 } 8861 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8862 Redeclaration = false; 8863 OldDecl = nullptr; 8864 } 8865 } 8866 } 8867 } 8868 8869 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8870 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8871 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8872 // 8873 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8874 // definition of a static member function. 8875 // 8876 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8877 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8878 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8879 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8880 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8881 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8882 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8883 if (OldDecl) 8884 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8885 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8886 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8887 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8888 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8889 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8890 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8891 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8892 8893 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8894 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8895 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8896 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8897 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8898 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8899 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8900 8901 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8902 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8903 } 8904 } 8905 } 8906 8907 if (Redeclaration) { 8908 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8909 // merged. 8910 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8911 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8912 return Redeclaration; 8913 } 8914 8915 Previous.clear(); 8916 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8917 8918 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8919 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8920 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8921 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8922 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8923 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8924 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8925 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8926 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8927 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8928 } 8929 8930 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8931 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8932 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8933 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8934 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8935 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8936 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 8937 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 8938 if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) { 8939 FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl = 8940 OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8941 assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl); 8942 OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 8943 } 8944 } 8945 8946 } else { 8947 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 8948 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8949 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8950 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8951 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8952 } 8953 } 8954 } 8955 8956 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8957 8958 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8959 // C++-specific checks. 8960 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8961 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8962 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8963 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8964 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8965 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8966 8967 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8968 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8969 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8970 DeclarationName Name 8971 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8972 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8973 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8974 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8975 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8976 return Redeclaration; 8977 } 8978 } 8979 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8980 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8981 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8982 } 8983 8984 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8985 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8986 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8987 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8988 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8989 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8990 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8991 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8992 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8993 } 8994 } 8995 } 8996 8997 if (Method->isStatic()) 8998 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8999 } 9000 9001 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 9002 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 9003 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9004 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9005 return Redeclaration; 9006 } 9007 9008 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 9009 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 9010 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9011 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9012 return Redeclaration; 9013 } 9014 9015 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 9016 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 9017 // during delayed parsing anyway. 9018 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 9019 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 9020 9021 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 9022 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 9023 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 9024 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 9025 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 9026 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 9027 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 9028 auto WithoutExceptionSpec = [&](QualType T) -> QualType { 9029 auto *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9030 if (!Proto) 9031 return T; 9032 return Context.getFunctionType( 9033 Proto->getReturnType(), Proto->getParamTypes(), 9034 Proto->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_None)); 9035 }; 9036 9037 // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception 9038 // specification, that's OK. 9039 // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to 9040 // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type. 9041 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z || 9042 !Context.hasSameType(WithoutExceptionSpec(T), 9043 WithoutExceptionSpec(NewFD->getType()))) 9044 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 9045 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 9046 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 9047 } 9048 } 9049 9050 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 9051 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 9052 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 9053 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 9054 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 9055 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 9056 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 9057 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 9058 << NewFD << R; 9059 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 9060 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 9061 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 9062 } 9063 9064 // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6: 9065 // [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification 9066 // [is] part of the function type 9067 // 9068 // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose 9069 // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or 9070 // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in 9071 // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other 9072 // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.) 9073 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { 9074 auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool { 9075 // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function 9076 // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very 9077 // restricted prior to C++17. 9078 if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 9079 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 9080 else if (T->isAnyPointerType()) 9081 T = T->getPointeeType(); 9082 else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 9083 T = MPT->getPointeeType(); 9084 if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9085 if (FPT->isNothrow(Context)) 9086 return true; 9087 return false; 9088 }; 9089 9090 auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9091 bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType()); 9092 for (QualType T : FPT->param_types()) 9093 AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T); 9094 if (AnyNoexcept) 9095 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9096 diag::warn_cxx1z_compat_exception_spec_in_signature) 9097 << NewFD; 9098 } 9099 9100 if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA) 9101 checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous); 9102 } 9103 return Redeclaration; 9104 } 9105 9106 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 9107 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 9108 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 9109 // constexpr is ill-formed. 9110 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 9111 // appear in a declaration of main. 9112 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 9113 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 9114 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9115 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 9116 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 9117 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9118 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 9119 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 9120 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 9121 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 9122 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 9123 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 9124 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 9125 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 9126 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 9127 } 9128 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 9129 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 9130 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 9131 FD->setConstexpr(false); 9132 } 9133 9134 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 9135 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 9136 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 9137 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9138 return; 9139 } 9140 9141 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9142 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9143 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9144 9145 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9146 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 9147 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 9148 // implicit-return-zero rule. 9149 9150 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 9151 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9152 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9153 else { 9154 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 9155 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9156 if (RTRange.isValid()) 9157 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 9158 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 9159 } 9160 } else { 9161 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 9162 // set the flag which tells us that. 9163 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 9164 9165 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 9166 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9167 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9168 else { 9169 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 9170 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9171 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 9172 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 9173 : FixItHint()); 9174 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9175 } 9176 } 9177 9178 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 9179 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 9180 9181 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 9182 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 9183 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 9184 9185 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 9186 9187 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 9188 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 9189 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 9190 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 9191 } 9192 9193 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 9194 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 9195 // getting shifty. 9196 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 9197 HasExtraParameters = false; 9198 9199 if (HasExtraParameters) { 9200 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 9201 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9202 nparams = 3; 9203 } 9204 9205 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 9206 // if we had some location information about types. 9207 9208 QualType CharPP = 9209 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 9210 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 9211 9212 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 9213 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 9214 9215 bool mismatch = true; 9216 9217 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 9218 mismatch = false; 9219 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 9220 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 9221 // char const ** 9222 // char const * const * 9223 // char * const * 9224 9225 QualifierCollector qs; 9226 const PointerType* PT; 9227 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9228 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9229 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 9230 Context.CharTy)) { 9231 qs.removeConst(); 9232 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 9233 } 9234 } 9235 9236 if (mismatch) { 9237 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 9238 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 9239 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9240 } 9241 } 9242 9243 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9244 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 9245 } 9246 9247 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9248 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9249 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9250 } 9251 } 9252 9253 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9254 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9255 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9256 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9257 9258 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 9259 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 9260 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 9261 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 9262 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 9263 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 9264 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 9265 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9266 9267 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9268 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9269 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9270 } 9271 } 9272 9273 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 9274 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 9275 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 9276 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 9277 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 9278 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 9279 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 9280 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 9281 // rules there don't matter.) 9282 const Expr *Culprit; 9283 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9284 return false; 9285 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 9286 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9287 return true; 9288 } 9289 9290 namespace { 9291 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 9292 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 9293 class SelfReferenceChecker 9294 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 9295 Sema &S; 9296 Decl *OrigDecl; 9297 bool isRecordType; 9298 bool isPODType; 9299 bool isReferenceType; 9300 9301 bool isInitList; 9302 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 9303 9304 public: 9305 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 9306 9307 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 9308 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 9309 isPODType = false; 9310 isRecordType = false; 9311 isReferenceType = false; 9312 isInitList = false; 9313 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 9314 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 9315 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 9316 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 9317 } 9318 } 9319 9320 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 9321 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 9322 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 9323 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 9324 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 9325 if (!InitList) { 9326 Visit(E); 9327 return; 9328 } 9329 9330 // Track and increment the index here. 9331 isInitList = true; 9332 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 9333 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 9334 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 9335 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 9336 } 9337 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 9338 } 9339 9340 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 9341 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 9342 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 9343 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 9344 Expr *Base = E; 9345 bool ReferenceField = false; 9346 9347 // Get the field memebers used. 9348 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9349 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 9350 if (!FD) 9351 return false; 9352 Fields.push_back(FD); 9353 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 9354 ReferenceField = true; 9355 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9356 } 9357 9358 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 9359 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 9360 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 9361 return false; 9362 9363 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 9364 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 9365 return true; 9366 9367 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 9368 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 9369 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 9370 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 9371 9372 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 9373 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 9374 // initialized, then the use is safe. 9375 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 9376 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 9377 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 9378 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 9379 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 9380 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 9381 return true; 9382 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 9383 break; 9384 } 9385 9386 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 9387 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9388 return true; 9389 } 9390 9391 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 9392 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 9393 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 9394 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 9395 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9396 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 9397 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9398 return; 9399 } 9400 9401 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9402 Visit(CO->getCond()); 9403 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 9404 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 9405 return; 9406 } 9407 9408 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 9409 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9410 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 9411 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 9412 return; 9413 } 9414 9415 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 9416 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 9417 return; 9418 } 9419 9420 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 9421 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 9422 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 9423 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 9424 return; 9425 } 9426 } 9427 9428 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 9429 if (isInitList) { 9430 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 9431 false /*CheckReference*/)) 9432 return; 9433 } 9434 9435 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9436 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9437 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 9438 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9439 return; 9440 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9441 } 9442 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 9443 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9444 return; 9445 } 9446 9447 Visit(E); 9448 } 9449 9450 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 9451 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 9452 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 9453 if (isReferenceType) 9454 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 9455 } 9456 9457 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 9458 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 9459 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9460 return; 9461 } 9462 9463 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 9464 } 9465 9466 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 9467 if (isInitList) { 9468 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 9469 return; 9470 } 9471 9472 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 9473 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 9474 9475 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 9476 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 9477 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 9478 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 9479 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9480 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9481 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9482 Warn = false; 9483 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9484 } 9485 9486 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 9487 if (Warn) 9488 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9489 return; 9490 } 9491 9492 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 9493 // Visit that expression. 9494 Visit(Base); 9495 } 9496 9497 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 9498 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 9499 9500 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 9501 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 9502 9503 Visit(Callee); 9504 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 9505 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 9506 } 9507 9508 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 9509 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 9510 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 9511 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 9512 if (!isPODType) 9513 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9514 return; 9515 } 9516 9517 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 9518 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9519 return; 9520 } 9521 9522 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 9523 } 9524 9525 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 9526 9527 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 9528 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 9529 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 9530 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9531 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 9532 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 9533 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9534 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 9535 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 9536 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9537 return; 9538 } 9539 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9540 } 9541 9542 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9543 // Treat std::move as a use. 9544 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9545 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9546 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9547 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9548 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9549 return; 9550 } 9551 } 9552 } 9553 9554 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9555 } 9556 9557 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 9558 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 9559 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 9560 Visit(E->getRHS()); 9561 return; 9562 } 9563 9564 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 9565 } 9566 9567 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 9568 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 9569 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 9570 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 9571 Visit(E->getCond()); 9572 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 9573 } 9574 9575 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 9576 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 9577 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 9578 unsigned diag; 9579 if (isReferenceType) { 9580 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 9581 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 9582 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9583 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9584 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9585 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9586 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9587 } else { 9588 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9589 return; 9590 } 9591 9592 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9593 S.PDiag(diag) 9594 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9595 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9596 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9597 } 9598 }; 9599 9600 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9601 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9602 bool DirectInit) { 9603 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9604 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9605 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9606 return; 9607 9608 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9609 9610 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9611 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9612 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9613 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9614 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9615 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9616 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9617 return; 9618 9619 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9620 } 9621 } // end anonymous namespace 9622 9623 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 9624 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 9625 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 9626 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 9627 Expr *Init) { 9628 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 9629 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 9630 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 9631 9632 // FIXME: Deduction for a decomposition declaration does weird things if the 9633 // initializer is an array. 9634 9635 ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init; 9636 if (DirectInit) { 9637 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9638 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 9639 else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9640 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 9641 } 9642 9643 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 9644 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 9645 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9646 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9647 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9648 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9649 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9650 << Name << Type << Range; 9651 return QualType(); 9652 } 9653 9654 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 9655 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 9656 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9657 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9658 << Name << Type << Range; 9659 return QualType(); 9660 } 9661 9662 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 9663 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 9664 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9665 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 9666 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9667 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << Name << Type << Range; 9668 return QualType(); 9669 } 9670 9671 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9672 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 9673 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9674 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 9675 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9676 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9677 return QualType(); 9678 } 9679 Init = Result.get(); 9680 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 9681 } 9682 9683 QualType DeducedType; 9684 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 9685 if (!IsInitCapture) 9686 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9687 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9688 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 9689 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 9690 << Name 9691 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9692 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9693 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9694 else 9695 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 9696 << Name << TSI->getType() 9697 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9698 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9699 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9700 } 9701 9702 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9703 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 9704 // checks. 9705 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9706 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9707 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId && 9708 !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9709 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9710 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << Name << Range; 9711 } 9712 9713 return DeducedType; 9714 } 9715 9716 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 9717 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 9718 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 9719 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 9720 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9721 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 9722 // the initializer. 9723 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9724 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 9725 return; 9726 } 9727 9728 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9729 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 9730 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 9731 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 9732 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 9733 return; 9734 } 9735 9736 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 9737 if (!VDecl) { 9738 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 9739 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 9740 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9741 return; 9742 } 9743 9744 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that a parenthesized initializer is not 9745 // permitted. 9746 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && DirectInit && isa<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9747 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_paren_init) << VDecl; 9748 9749 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 9750 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9751 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 9752 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 9753 // TypoExpr. 9754 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 9755 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 9756 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9757 return; 9758 } 9759 Init = Res.get(); 9760 9761 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 9762 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), 9763 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 9764 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9765 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9766 return; 9767 } 9768 9769 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9770 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9771 9772 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9773 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9774 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9775 9776 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9777 // the previously declared type. 9778 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9779 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9780 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9781 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 9782 } 9783 9784 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9785 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9786 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9787 return; 9788 } 9789 9790 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 9791 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 9792 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 9793 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9794 return; 9795 } 9796 9797 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9798 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9799 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9800 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9801 return; 9802 } 9803 9804 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9805 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9806 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9807 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9808 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9809 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9810 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9811 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9812 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9813 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9814 return; 9815 } 9816 9817 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9818 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9819 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9820 AbstractVariableType)) 9821 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9822 } 9823 9824 // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition, 9825 // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise 9826 // handle the situation. 9827 VarDecl *Def; 9828 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl && 9829 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) && 9830 !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() && 9831 checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl)) 9832 return; 9833 9834 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9835 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9836 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9837 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9838 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9839 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9840 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9841 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9842 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9843 // 9844 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9845 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9846 // declaration with an initializer. 9847 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9848 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9849 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9850 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9851 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9852 << 0; 9853 return; 9854 } 9855 9856 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9857 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9858 9859 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9860 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9861 return; 9862 } 9863 } 9864 9865 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9866 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9867 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 9868 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9869 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9870 return; 9871 } 9872 9873 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9874 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9875 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9876 9877 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9878 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9879 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9880 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9881 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9882 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9883 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9884 return; 9885 } 9886 Init = Result.get(); 9887 } 9888 9889 // Perform the initialization. 9890 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 9891 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9892 // Handle errors like: int a({0}) 9893 if (CXXDirectInit && CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 1 && 9894 !canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(VDecl->getType())) 9895 if (auto IList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0))) { 9896 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_list_init_in_parens) 9897 << VDecl->getType() << CXXDirectInit->getSourceRange() 9898 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart()) 9899 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CXXDirectInit->getLocEnd()); 9900 Init = IList; 9901 CXXDirectInit = nullptr; 9902 } 9903 9904 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9905 InitializationKind Kind = 9906 DirectInit 9907 ? CXXDirectInit 9908 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9909 Init->getLocStart(), 9910 Init->getLocEnd()) 9911 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation()) 9912 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9913 Init->getLocStart()); 9914 9915 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9916 if (CXXDirectInit) 9917 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9918 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9919 9920 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9921 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9922 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9923 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9924 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9925 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9926 }); 9927 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9928 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9929 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9930 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9931 } 9932 } 9933 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9934 return; 9935 9936 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 9937 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 9938 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 9939 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9940 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9941 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9942 return; 9943 } 9944 9945 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9946 } 9947 9948 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9949 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9950 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9951 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9952 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9953 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9954 } 9955 9956 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9957 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9958 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9959 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9960 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9961 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9962 9963 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9964 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9965 9966 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9967 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9968 9969 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9970 // Although this code can still have problems: 9971 // id x = self.weakProp; 9972 // id y = self.weakProp; 9973 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9974 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9975 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9976 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9977 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9978 Init->getLocStart())) 9979 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9980 } 9981 9982 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9983 // 9984 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9985 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9986 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9987 // 9988 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9989 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9990 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9991 // 9992 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9993 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9994 false, 9995 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9996 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9997 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9998 return; 9999 } 10000 Init = Result.get(); 10001 10002 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 10003 VDecl->setInit(Init); 10004 10005 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 10006 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 10007 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 10008 // C++ does not have this restriction. 10009 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10010 const Expr *Culprit; 10011 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 10012 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10013 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 10014 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 10015 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 10016 // constant expressions. 10017 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 10018 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 10019 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 10020 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 10021 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 10022 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10023 } 10024 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 10025 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 10026 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 10027 // 10028 // struct S { 10029 // static const int value = 17; 10030 // }; 10031 10032 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 10033 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 10034 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 10035 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 10036 // 10037 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 10038 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 10039 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 10040 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 10041 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 10042 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 10043 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 10044 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 10045 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 10046 10047 // Do nothing on dependent types. 10048 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 10049 10050 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 10051 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 10052 // type. 10053 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 10054 10055 // Require constness. 10056 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 10057 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 10058 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10059 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10060 10061 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 10062 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 10063 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 10064 SourceLocation Loc; 10065 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 10066 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 10067 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 10068 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 10069 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 10070 ; // Nothing to check. 10071 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 10072 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 10073 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10074 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 10075 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 10076 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10077 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10078 } else { 10079 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 10080 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 10081 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10082 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10083 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10084 } 10085 10086 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 10087 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 10088 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 10089 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 10090 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 10091 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 10092 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10093 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10094 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 10095 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10096 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10097 } else { 10098 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 10099 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10100 10101 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10102 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10103 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10104 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10105 } 10106 } 10107 10108 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 10109 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 10110 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 10111 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 10112 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10113 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 10114 10115 } else { 10116 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 10117 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10118 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10119 } 10120 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 10121 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when 10122 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a 10123 // defintion. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. 10124 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables 10125 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, 10126 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the 10127 // C++ rules. 10128 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 10129 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || 10130 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && 10131 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && 10132 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 10133 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 10134 10135 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 10136 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10137 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10138 } 10139 10140 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 10141 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 10142 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 10143 // 10144 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 10145 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 10146 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 10147 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 10148 // special case code. 10149 10150 // C++ 8.5p11: 10151 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 10152 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 10153 // class type. 10154 if (CXXDirectInit) { 10155 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 10156 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10157 } else if (DirectInit) { 10158 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 10159 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 10160 } 10161 10162 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 10163 } 10164 10165 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 10166 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 10167 /// of sanity. 10168 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 10169 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 10170 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 10171 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10172 10173 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10174 if (!VD) return; 10175 10176 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10177 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) 10178 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 10179 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 10180 10181 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10182 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 10183 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10184 return; 10185 } 10186 10187 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 10188 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 10189 10190 // Require a complete type. 10191 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 10192 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 10193 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10194 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10195 return; 10196 } 10197 10198 // Require a non-abstract type. 10199 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 10200 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10201 AbstractVariableType)) { 10202 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10203 return; 10204 } 10205 10206 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 10207 // though. 10208 } 10209 10210 /// Checks if an object of the given type can be initialized with parenthesized 10211 /// init-list. 10212 /// 10213 /// \param TargetType Type of object being initialized. 10214 /// 10215 /// The function is used to detect wrong initializations, such as 'int({0})'. 10216 /// 10217 bool Sema::canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(QualType TargetType) { 10218 return TargetType->isDependentType() || TargetType->isRecordType() || 10219 TargetType->getContainedAutoType(); 10220 } 10221 10222 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 10223 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10224 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 10225 if (!RealDecl) 10226 return; 10227 10228 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10229 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 10230 10231 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. 10232 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10233 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; 10234 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10235 return; 10236 } 10237 10238 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 10239 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 10240 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 10241 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 10242 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10243 return; 10244 } 10245 10246 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 10247 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 10248 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 10249 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 10250 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 10251 // member. 10252 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10253 !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) { 10254 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 10255 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 10256 // a definition there. 10257 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) { 10258 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10259 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 10260 << Var->getDeclName(); 10261 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10262 return; 10263 } 10264 } else { 10265 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 10266 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10267 return; 10268 } 10269 } 10270 10271 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 10272 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 10273 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 10274 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 10275 if (VTD->isConcept()) { 10276 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 10277 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10278 return; 10279 } 10280 } 10281 10282 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 10283 // be initialized. 10284 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10285 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 10286 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 10287 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 10288 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10289 return; 10290 } 10291 10292 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10293 case VarDecl::Definition: 10294 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 10295 break; 10296 10297 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 10298 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 10299 // a declaration. 10300 // 10301 // Fall through 10302 10303 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 10304 // It's only a declaration. 10305 10306 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 10307 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 10308 // object shall be complete. 10309 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 10310 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10311 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10312 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 10313 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10314 10315 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 10316 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10317 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10318 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10319 AbstractVariableType)) 10320 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10321 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10322 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 10323 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 10324 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 10325 } 10326 10327 return; 10328 10329 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 10330 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 10331 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 10332 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 10333 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 10334 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 10335 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 10336 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 10337 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 10338 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10339 ArrayT->getElementType(), 10340 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 10341 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10342 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10343 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 10344 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 10345 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 10346 // NOTE: code such as the following 10347 // static struct s; 10348 // struct s { int a; }; 10349 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 10350 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 10351 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 10352 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 10353 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10354 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 10355 } 10356 } 10357 10358 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 10359 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10360 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 10361 return; 10362 } 10363 10364 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10365 // definitions with incomplete array type. 10366 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 10367 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10368 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 10369 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10370 return; 10371 } 10372 10373 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10374 // definitions with reference type. 10375 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 10376 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 10377 << Var->getDeclName() 10378 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 10379 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10380 return; 10381 } 10382 10383 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 10384 // variable with dependent type. 10385 if (Type->isDependentType()) 10386 return; 10387 10388 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10389 return; 10390 10391 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 10392 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10393 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 10394 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10395 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10396 return; 10397 } 10398 } else { 10399 return; 10400 } 10401 10402 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10403 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10404 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10405 AbstractVariableType)) { 10406 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10407 return; 10408 } 10409 10410 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 10411 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 10412 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 10413 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 10414 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 10415 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 10416 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 10417 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 10418 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 10419 // types and is declared without an initializer. 10420 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10421 if (const RecordType *Record 10422 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10423 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 10424 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 10425 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 10426 // incompatibilities with C++98. 10427 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 10428 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10429 } 10430 } 10431 10432 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 10433 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 10434 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 10435 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 10436 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 10437 // type shall have a user-declared default 10438 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 10439 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 10440 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 10441 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 10442 // program is ill-formed. 10443 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 10444 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 10445 // default-initialized; [...]. 10446 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 10447 InitializationKind Kind 10448 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 10449 10450 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10451 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10452 if (Init.isInvalid()) 10453 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10454 else if (Init.get()) { 10455 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 10456 // This is important for template substitution. 10457 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10458 } 10459 10460 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 10461 } 10462 } 10463 10464 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 10465 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 10466 if (!D) 10467 return; 10468 10469 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10470 if (!VD) { 10471 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 10472 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10473 return; 10474 } 10475 10476 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10477 10478 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 10479 int Error = -1; 10480 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 10481 case SC_None: 10482 break; 10483 case SC_Extern: 10484 Error = 0; 10485 break; 10486 case SC_Static: 10487 Error = 1; 10488 break; 10489 case SC_PrivateExtern: 10490 Error = 2; 10491 break; 10492 case SC_Auto: 10493 Error = 3; 10494 break; 10495 case SC_Register: 10496 Error = 4; 10497 break; 10498 } 10499 if (Error != -1) { 10500 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 10501 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 10502 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10503 } 10504 } 10505 10506 StmtResult 10507 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 10508 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 10509 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 10510 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 10511 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 10512 // A range-based for statement of the form 10513 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10514 // is equivalent to 10515 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10516 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10517 10518 const char *PrevSpec; 10519 unsigned DiagID; 10520 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 10521 getPrintingPolicy()); 10522 10523 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 10524 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 10525 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 10526 10527 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10528 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 10529 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 10530 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 10531 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10532 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 10533 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 10534 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 10535 } 10536 10537 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 10538 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10539 10540 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10541 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 10542 // initialiser 10543 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 10544 !var->hasInit()) { 10545 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 10546 << 1 /*Init*/; 10547 var->setInvalidDecl(); 10548 return; 10549 } 10550 } 10551 10552 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 10553 // local retaining variable. 10554 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10555 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10556 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 10557 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 10558 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 10559 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 10560 break; 10561 10562 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 10563 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 10564 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10565 break; 10566 } 10567 } 10568 10569 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 10570 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 10571 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 10572 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 10573 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 10574 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10575 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 10576 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 10577 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 10578 var->getLocation())) { 10579 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 10580 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 10581 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 10582 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 10583 10584 if (!prev) 10585 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 10586 } 10587 10588 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. 10589 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; 10590 const Expr *CacheCulprit; 10591 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { 10592 if (!CacheHasConstInit) 10593 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10594 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); 10595 return *CacheHasConstInit; 10596 }; 10597 10598 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 10599 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 10600 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 10601 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 10602 // have a non-trivial destructor. 10603 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 10604 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10605 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10606 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { 10607 if (!checkConstInit()) { 10608 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 10609 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 10610 // initialization. 10611 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 10612 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 10613 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 10614 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10615 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10616 } 10617 } 10618 } 10619 10620 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 10621 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 10622 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10623 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10624 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 10625 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 10626 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 10627 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 10628 else if (!var->getInit()) { 10629 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 10630 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10631 } else { 10632 Stack = &DataSegStack; 10633 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10634 } 10635 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 10636 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 10637 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 10638 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 10639 } 10640 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 10641 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 10642 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 10643 10644 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 10645 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 10646 // attribute. 10647 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 10648 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 10649 CurInitSegLoc)); 10650 } 10651 10652 // All the following checks are C++ only. 10653 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10654 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the 10655 // current module. 10656 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 10657 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 10658 return; 10659 } 10660 10661 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) 10662 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); 10663 10664 QualType type = var->getType(); 10665 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 10666 10667 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 10668 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10669 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 10670 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 10671 10672 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 10673 // constructing this copy. 10674 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 10675 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 10676 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 10677 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 10678 ExprResult result 10679 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 10680 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 10681 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 10682 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 10683 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 10684 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 10685 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 10686 } 10687 } 10688 } 10689 10690 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 10691 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 10692 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 10693 10694 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 10695 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 10696 10697 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 10698 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 10699 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 10700 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 10701 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 10702 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 10703 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 10704 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 10705 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 10706 Notes.clear(); 10707 } 10708 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 10709 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 10710 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 10711 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 10712 } 10713 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 10714 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 10715 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 10716 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 10717 var->checkInitIsICE(); 10718 } 10719 10720 // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they 10721 // were just diagnosed. 10722 if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage && 10723 var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) { 10724 // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here. 10725 bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 10726 ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit(); 10727 if (DiagErr) { 10728 auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>(); 10729 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) 10730 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10731 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) 10732 << attr->getRange(); 10733 } 10734 } 10735 else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal && 10736 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 10737 var->getLocation())) { 10738 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 10739 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 10740 // warned about them. 10741 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 10742 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { 10743 if (!checkConstInit()) 10744 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 10745 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10746 } 10747 } 10748 } 10749 10750 // Require the destructor. 10751 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 10752 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 10753 10754 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 10755 // module. 10756 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 10757 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 10758 } 10759 10760 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 10761 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 10762 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10763 return true; 10764 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 10765 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 10766 return true; 10767 return false; 10768 } 10769 10770 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 10771 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 10772 void 10773 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 10774 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 10775 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 10776 10777 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 10778 if (!VD) 10779 return; 10780 10781 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { 10782 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 10783 FinalizeDeclaration(BD); 10784 } 10785 } 10786 10787 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 10788 10789 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 10790 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 10791 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 10792 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 10793 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 10794 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 10795 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 10796 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 10797 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 10798 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 10799 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 10800 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 10801 } 10802 } 10803 } 10804 10805 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 10806 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 10807 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 10808 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 10809 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 10810 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 10811 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 10812 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 10813 } 10814 // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 10815 // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with 10816 // static storage class. 10817 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() && 10818 CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(), 10819 diag::err_device_static_local_var) 10820 << CurrentCUDATarget()) 10821 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10822 } 10823 } 10824 10825 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 10826 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 10827 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 10828 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 10829 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 10830 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 10831 const Expr *Init = VD->getInit(); 10832 if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage()) { 10833 if (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || 10834 VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) { 10835 assert(!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()); 10836 bool AllowedInit = false; 10837 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 10838 AllowedInit = 10839 isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor()); 10840 // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty 10841 // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC, 10842 // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors. 10843 if (!AllowedInit && 10844 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 10845 AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10846 Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); 10847 10848 // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty. 10849 if (AllowedInit) 10850 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 10851 AllowedInit = 10852 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor()); 10853 10854 if (!AllowedInit) { 10855 Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() 10856 ? diag::err_shared_var_init 10857 : diag::err_dynamic_var_init) 10858 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10859 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10860 } 10861 } else { 10862 // This is a host-side global variable. Check that the initializer is 10863 // callable from the host side. 10864 const FunctionDecl *InitFn = nullptr; 10865 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) { 10866 InitFn = CE->getConstructor(); 10867 } else if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Init)) { 10868 InitFn = CE->getDirectCallee(); 10869 } 10870 if (InitFn) { 10871 CUDAFunctionTarget InitFnTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(InitFn); 10872 if (InitFnTarget != CFT_Host && InitFnTarget != CFT_HostDevice) { 10873 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_bad_target_global_initializer) 10874 << InitFnTarget << InitFn; 10875 Diag(InitFn->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << InitFn; 10876 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10877 } 10878 } 10879 } 10880 } 10881 } 10882 10883 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 10884 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 10885 10886 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 10887 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 10888 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 10889 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10890 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 10891 // with a warning. 10892 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 10893 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 10894 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 10895 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 10896 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10897 10898 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 10899 IsClassTemplateMember 10900 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 10901 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 10902 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10903 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 10904 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10905 } 10906 } 10907 10908 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 10909 // isn't exported with the variable. 10910 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 10911 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 10912 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 10913 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 10914 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 10915 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 10916 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 10917 } else { 10918 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 10919 << DLLAttr; 10920 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10921 } 10922 } 10923 10924 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 10925 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10926 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 10927 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 10928 } 10929 } 10930 10931 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 10932 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 10933 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 10934 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 10935 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 10936 10937 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 10938 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 10939 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 10940 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 10941 10942 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 10943 // tag values. 10944 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 10945 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 10946 return; 10947 10948 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 10949 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 10950 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 10951 continue; 10952 } 10953 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 10954 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 10955 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10956 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 10957 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10958 continue; 10959 } 10960 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 10961 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10962 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 10963 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10964 continue; 10965 } 10966 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 10967 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 10968 MagicValue, 10969 I->getMatchingCType(), 10970 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 10971 I->getMustBeNull()); 10972 } 10973 } 10974 10975 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 10976 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10977 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 10978 10979 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 10980 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 10981 10982 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10983 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10984 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; 10985 10986 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10987 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 10988 auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D); 10989 if (DD && !FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 10990 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 10991 10992 auto *Decomp = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); 10993 if (Decomp && !FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 10994 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = Decomp; 10995 10996 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other 10997 // declaration in the same group. 10998 auto *OtherDD = FirstDeclaratorInGroup; 10999 if (OtherDD == FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 11000 OtherDD = DD; 11001 if (OtherDD && FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && 11002 OtherDD != FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && 11003 !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { 11004 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), 11005 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) 11006 << OtherDD->getSourceRange(); 11007 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; 11008 } 11009 11010 Decls.push_back(D); 11011 } 11012 } 11013 11014 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 11015 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 11016 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 11017 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 11018 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11019 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 11020 } 11021 } 11022 11023 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 11024 } 11025 11026 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 11027 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 11028 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 11029 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 11030 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 11031 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 11032 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 11033 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 11034 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 11035 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 11036 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 11037 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 11038 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 11039 QualType Deduced; 11040 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 11041 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 11042 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11043 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 11044 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 11045 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 11046 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 11047 break; 11048 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 11049 if (!U.isNull()) { 11050 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 11051 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 11052 Deduced = U; 11053 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 11054 DeducedDecl = D; 11055 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 11056 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 11057 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 11058 << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() 11059 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 11060 << U << D->getDeclName() 11061 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 11062 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 11063 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11064 break; 11065 } 11066 } 11067 } 11068 } 11069 } 11070 11071 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 11072 11073 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 11074 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 11075 } 11076 11077 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 11078 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 11079 } 11080 11081 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11082 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 11083 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 11084 return; 11085 11086 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 11087 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 11088 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 11089 Group[0]->getLocation())) 11090 return; 11091 11092 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 11093 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 11094 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 11095 // additional declaration references: 11096 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 11097 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 11098 // 'struct S *pS;' 11099 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 11100 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 11101 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 11102 Group = Group.slice(1); 11103 } 11104 } 11105 11106 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 11107 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 11108 if (!Comments.empty() && 11109 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 11110 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 11111 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 11112 // 11113 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 11114 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 11115 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 11116 // ahead through comments. 11117 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 11118 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 11119 } 11120 } 11121 11122 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 11123 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 11124 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 11125 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 11126 11127 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 11128 11129 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 11130 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 11131 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 11132 SC = SC_Register; 11133 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11134 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 11135 SC = SC_Auto; 11136 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 11137 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11138 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 11139 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 11140 } 11141 11142 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11143 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 11144 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11145 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 11146 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 11147 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 11148 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 11149 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 11150 << 0; 11151 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 11152 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 11153 11154 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 11155 11156 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11157 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 11158 11159 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11160 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 11161 // parameter. 11162 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11163 11164 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 11165 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 11166 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 11167 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 11168 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 11169 } 11170 } 11171 11172 // Ensure we have a valid name 11173 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 11174 if (D.hasName()) { 11175 II = D.getIdentifier(); 11176 if (!II) { 11177 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 11178 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 11179 D.setInvalidType(true); 11180 } 11181 } 11182 11183 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 11184 if (II) { 11185 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 11186 ForRedeclaration); 11187 LookupName(R, S); 11188 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 11189 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 11190 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11191 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11192 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11193 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11194 PrevDecl = nullptr; 11195 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11196 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 11197 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11198 11199 // Recover by removing the name 11200 II = nullptr; 11201 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 11202 D.setInvalidType(true); 11203 } 11204 } 11205 } 11206 11207 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 11208 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 11209 // looking like class members in C++. 11210 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11211 D.getLocStart(), 11212 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 11213 parmDeclType, TInfo, 11214 SC); 11215 11216 if (D.isInvalidType()) 11217 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11218 11219 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 11220 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 11221 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 11222 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 11223 11224 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 11225 S->AddDecl(New); 11226 if (II) 11227 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 11228 11229 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 11230 11231 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11232 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11233 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 11234 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11235 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11236 11237 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 11238 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 11239 } 11240 return New; 11241 } 11242 11243 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 11244 /// typedef. 11245 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 11246 SourceLocation Loc, 11247 QualType T) { 11248 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 11249 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 11250 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 11251 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 11252 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 11253 SC_None, nullptr); 11254 Param->setImplicit(); 11255 return Param; 11256 } 11257 11258 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 11259 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 11260 // will already have done so in the template itself. 11261 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 11262 return; 11263 11264 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11265 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 11266 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 11267 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 11268 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 11269 } 11270 } 11271 } 11272 11273 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 11274 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 11275 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 11276 return; 11277 11278 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11279 // threshold. 11280 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 11281 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 11282 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11283 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 11284 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 11285 } 11286 11287 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11288 // threshold. 11289 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11290 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 11291 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 11292 continue; 11293 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 11294 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11295 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 11296 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; 11297 } 11298 } 11299 11300 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 11301 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 11302 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 11303 StorageClass SC) { 11304 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 11305 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 11306 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 11307 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 11308 11309 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 11310 11311 // Special cases for arrays: 11312 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 11313 // - otherwise, it's an error 11314 if (T->isArrayType()) { 11315 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 11316 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 11317 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 11318 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 11319 } 11320 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 11321 } else { 11322 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 11323 } 11324 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 11325 } 11326 11327 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 11328 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 11329 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 11330 11331 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 11332 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 11333 // the class has been completely parsed. 11334 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 11335 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11336 AbstractParamType)) 11337 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11338 11339 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 11340 // passed by reference. 11341 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 11342 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 11343 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd()); 11344 Diag(NameLoc, 11345 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 11346 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 11347 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 11348 New->setType(T); 11349 } 11350 11351 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 11352 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 11353 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 11354 // an address space. 11355 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 11356 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 11357 // to be qualified with an address space. 11358 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 11359 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 11360 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11361 } 11362 } 11363 11364 return New; 11365 } 11366 11367 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 11368 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 11369 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 11370 11371 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 11372 // for a K&R function. 11373 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 11374 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 11375 --i; 11376 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 11377 SmallString<256> Code; 11378 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 11379 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 11380 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 11381 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 11382 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 11383 11384 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 11385 // type. 11386 AttributeFactory attrs; 11387 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 11388 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 11389 unsigned DiagID; // unused 11390 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 11391 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11392 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 11393 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11394 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11395 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 11396 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11397 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 11398 } 11399 } 11400 } 11401 } 11402 11403 Decl * 11404 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 11405 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11406 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11407 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 11408 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 11409 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 11410 11411 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 11412 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 11413 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 11414 } 11415 11416 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 11417 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 11418 } 11419 11420 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 11421 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11422 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 11423 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11424 return false; 11425 11426 // Or declarations that aren't global. 11427 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 11428 return false; 11429 11430 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 11431 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 11432 return false; 11433 11434 // Don't warn about 'main'. 11435 if (FD->isMain()) 11436 return false; 11437 11438 // Don't warn about inline functions. 11439 if (FD->isInlined()) 11440 return false; 11441 11442 // Don't warn about function templates. 11443 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11444 return false; 11445 11446 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 11447 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 11448 return false; 11449 11450 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 11451 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 11452 return false; 11453 11454 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 11455 if (FD->isDeleted()) 11456 return false; 11457 11458 bool MissingPrototype = true; 11459 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 11460 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 11461 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 11462 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 11463 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11464 continue; 11465 11466 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 11467 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 11468 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 11469 break; 11470 } 11471 11472 return MissingPrototype; 11473 } 11474 11475 void 11476 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 11477 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 11478 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11479 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 11480 // was an extern inline function. 11481 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 11482 if (!Definition) 11483 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 11484 return; 11485 11486 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 11487 return; 11488 11489 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 11490 // a template, skip the new definition. 11491 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 11492 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 11493 Definition->isInlined() || 11494 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 11495 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 11496 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 11497 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11498 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 11499 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 11500 FD->getLocation()); 11501 return; 11502 } 11503 11504 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 11505 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 11506 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 11507 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 11508 else 11509 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 11510 11511 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11512 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11513 } 11514 11515 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 11516 Sema &S) { 11517 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 11518 11519 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 11520 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 11521 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 11522 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 11523 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 11524 11525 if (LCD == LCD_None) 11526 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 11527 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 11528 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 11529 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 11530 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 11531 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 11532 11533 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 11534 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 11535 11536 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 11537 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 11538 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 11539 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 11540 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 11541 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 11542 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 11543 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 11544 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 11545 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 11546 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 11547 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 11548 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 11549 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 11550 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 11551 11552 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 11553 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 11554 /*Expr*/ nullptr, 11555 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 11556 } else { 11557 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 11558 } 11559 ++I; 11560 } 11561 } 11562 11563 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 11564 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11565 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 11566 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 11567 11568 if (!D) 11569 return D; 11570 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 11571 11572 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 11573 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 11574 else 11575 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 11576 11577 // See if this is a redefinition. 11578 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 11579 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 11580 11581 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 11582 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 11583 return D; 11584 } 11585 11586 // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually". This lets users to 11587 // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing 11588 // this function. 11589 FD->setWillHaveBody(); 11590 11591 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 11592 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 11593 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 11594 // LambdaScopeInfo. 11595 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 11596 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 11597 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 11598 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 11599 // have the LSI properly restored. 11600 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 11601 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 11602 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 11603 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 11604 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 11605 } 11606 else 11607 // Enter a new function scope 11608 PushFunctionScope(); 11609 11610 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 11611 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11612 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 11613 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 11614 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 11615 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11616 } 11617 } 11618 11619 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 11620 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 11621 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 11622 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 11623 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11624 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 11625 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 11626 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11627 11628 if (FnBodyScope) 11629 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 11630 11631 // Check the validity of our function parameters 11632 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 11633 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 11634 11635 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 11636 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 11637 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 11638 11639 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11640 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 11641 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 11642 11643 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 11644 } 11645 } 11646 11647 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 11648 // introduce them into the function scope. 11649 if (FnBodyScope) { 11650 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 11651 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 11652 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 11653 I != E; ++I) { 11654 NamedDecl *D = *I; 11655 11656 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 11657 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 11658 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 11659 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 11660 // Is the decl actually in the context? 11661 if (Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->containsDecl(D)) 11662 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 11663 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 11664 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11665 } 11666 11667 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 11668 if (!D->getName().empty()) 11669 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11670 11671 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 11672 // accessible in this scope. 11673 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 11674 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 11675 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11676 } 11677 } 11678 } 11679 11680 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 11681 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 11682 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 11683 11684 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 11685 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 11686 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 11687 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 11688 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 11689 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11690 return D; 11691 } 11692 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 11693 // a function template). 11694 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 11695 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11696 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 11697 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 11698 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 11699 11700 return D; 11701 } 11702 11703 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 11704 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 11705 /// optimization. 11706 /// 11707 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 11708 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 11709 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 11710 /// use the named return value optimization. 11711 /// 11712 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 11713 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 11714 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 11715 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 11716 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 11717 11718 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 11719 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 11720 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 11721 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 11722 } 11723 } 11724 } 11725 11726 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 11727 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 11728 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 11729 return false; 11730 11731 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 11732 // return type (yet). 11733 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 11734 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 11735 // we can still delay parsing it. 11736 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 11737 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 11738 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 11739 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 11740 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 11741 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 11742 } 11743 } 11744 return false; 11745 } 11746 11747 return true; 11748 } 11749 11750 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 11751 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 11752 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 11753 // rest of the file. 11754 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 11755 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 11756 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 11757 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 11758 return false; 11759 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 11760 } 11761 11762 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 11763 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 11764 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11765 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 11766 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11767 return Decl; 11768 } 11769 11770 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 11771 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 11772 } 11773 11774 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 11775 bool IsInstantiation) { 11776 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 11777 11778 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 11779 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 11780 11781 if (getLangOpts().CoroutinesTS && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty()) 11782 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 11783 11784 if (FD) { 11785 FD->setBody(Body); 11786 11787 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 11788 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 11789 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11790 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 11791 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 11792 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 11793 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 11794 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 11795 << FD->getReturnType(); 11796 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11797 } else { 11798 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 11799 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 11800 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 11801 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 11802 } 11803 } 11804 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 11805 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 11806 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 11807 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 11808 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 11809 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 11810 11811 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 11812 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 11813 // [the deduced type is] the type void 11814 QualType RetType = 11815 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 11816 11817 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 11818 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 11819 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11820 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 11821 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 11822 } 11823 } 11824 11825 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 11826 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 11827 // is the first declaration. 11828 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 11829 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 11830 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11831 else if (FD->isInlined() && 11832 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 11833 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 11834 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11835 } 11836 11837 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 11838 // don't complain about missing return statements. 11839 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 11840 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 11841 11842 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 11843 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 11844 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 11845 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 11846 11847 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11848 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 11849 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 11850 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 11851 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 11852 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 11853 11854 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 11855 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 11856 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 11857 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 11858 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 11859 11860 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 11861 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 11862 // to deduce an implicit return type. 11863 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 11864 !FD->isDependentContext()) 11865 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11866 } 11867 11868 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 11869 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 11870 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 11871 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 11872 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 11873 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 11874 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 11875 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 11876 11877 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11878 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 11879 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 11880 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 11881 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 11882 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 11883 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 11884 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 11885 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 11886 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 11887 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 11888 } 11889 } 11890 11891 // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes 11892 // Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration. 11893 // This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide 11894 // a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype. 11895 // An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition 11896 // of that function specifies that the function has no parameters 11897 // (C99 6.7.5.3p14) 11898 if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 && 11899 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { 11900 TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 11901 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 11902 FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.castAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 11903 Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 1; 11904 } 11905 } 11906 11907 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 11908 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 11909 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 11910 MD->isVirtual() && 11911 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 11912 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 11913 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 11914 if (FD->isInlined() && 11915 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 11916 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 11917 11918 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 11919 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 11920 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 11921 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 11922 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 11923 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11924 } else { 11925 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 11926 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11927 } 11928 } 11929 } 11930 11931 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 11932 "Function parsing confused"); 11933 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 11934 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 11935 MD->setBody(Body); 11936 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11937 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters()); 11938 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 11939 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 11940 11941 if (Body) 11942 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11943 } 11944 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 11945 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 11946 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 11947 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 11948 } 11949 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 11950 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 11951 bool isDesignated = 11952 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 11953 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 11954 (void)isDesignated; 11955 11956 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 11957 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 11958 if (!IFace) 11959 return false; 11960 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 11961 if (!SuperD) 11962 return false; 11963 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 11964 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 11965 }; 11966 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 11967 // of NSObject. 11968 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 11969 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11970 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 11971 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 11972 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 11973 } 11974 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 11975 } 11976 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 11977 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 11978 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 11979 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11980 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 11981 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 11982 } 11983 } else { 11984 return nullptr; 11985 } 11986 11987 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) 11988 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); 11989 11990 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 11991 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 11992 "handled in the block above."); 11993 11994 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 11995 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 11996 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 11997 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 11998 // Verify this. 11999 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 12000 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 12001 12002 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 12003 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 12004 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 12005 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 12006 12007 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 12008 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 12009 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 12010 12011 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 12012 Destructor->getParent()); 12013 } 12014 12015 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12016 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12017 // deletion in some later function. 12018 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 12019 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 12020 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12021 } 12022 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 12023 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 12024 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 12025 // enabled. 12026 ActivePolicy = &WP; 12027 } 12028 12029 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 12030 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 12031 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 12032 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12033 12034 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 12035 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 12036 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't 12037 // require prologue. 12038 bool RegisterVariables = false; 12039 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { 12040 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { 12041 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 12042 RegisterVariables = 12043 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); 12044 if (!RegisterVariables) 12045 break; 12046 } 12047 } 12048 } 12049 if (RegisterVariables) 12050 continue; 12051 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 12052 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 12053 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 12054 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12055 break; 12056 } 12057 } 12058 } 12059 12060 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 12061 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 12062 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 12063 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 12064 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 12065 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 12066 } 12067 12068 if (!IsInstantiation) 12069 PopDeclContext(); 12070 12071 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 12072 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12073 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12074 // deletion in some later function. 12075 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 12076 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12077 } 12078 12079 return dcl; 12080 } 12081 12082 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 12083 /// relevant Decl. 12084 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 12085 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 12086 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 12087 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 12088 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 12089 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 12090 12091 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 12092 if (Method->isStatic()) 12093 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 12094 } 12095 12096 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 12097 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 12098 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 12099 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 12100 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 12101 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 12102 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 12103 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 12104 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 12105 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 12106 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12107 return ExternCPrev; 12108 } 12109 12110 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 12111 unsigned diag_id; 12112 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 12113 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 12114 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 12115 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 12116 else 12117 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 12118 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 12119 12120 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 12121 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 12122 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 12123 TypoCorrection Corrected; 12124 if (S && 12125 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 12126 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 12127 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 12128 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 12129 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 12130 } 12131 12132 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 12133 const char *Dummy; 12134 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 12135 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 12136 unsigned DiagID; 12137 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 12138 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 12139 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 12140 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 12141 SourceLocation NoLoc; 12142 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 12143 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 12144 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 12145 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12146 /*Params=*/nullptr, 12147 /*NumParams=*/0, 12148 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 12149 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12150 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 12151 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 12152 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12153 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12154 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12155 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12156 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 12157 EST_None, 12158 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 12159 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 12160 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 12161 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 12162 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 12163 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 12164 Loc, Loc, D), 12165 DS.getAttributes(), 12166 SourceLocation()); 12167 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 12168 12169 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 12170 12171 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 12172 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 12173 12174 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 12175 FD->setImplicit(); 12176 12177 CurContext = PrevDC; 12178 12179 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 12180 12181 return FD; 12182 } 12183 12184 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 12185 /// the declaration of this function. 12186 /// 12187 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 12188 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 12189 /// like NSLog or printf. 12190 /// 12191 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 12192 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 12193 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 12194 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 12195 return; 12196 12197 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 12198 // actual attributes. 12199 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 12200 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 12201 unsigned FormatIdx; 12202 bool HasVAListArg; 12203 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 12204 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 12205 const char *fmt = "printf"; 12206 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 12207 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 12208 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 12209 fmt = "NSString"; 12210 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12211 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 12212 FormatIdx+1, 12213 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12214 FD->getLocation())); 12215 } 12216 } 12217 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 12218 HasVAListArg)) { 12219 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12220 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12221 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 12222 FormatIdx+1, 12223 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12224 FD->getLocation())); 12225 } 12226 12227 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 12228 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 12229 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 12230 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 12231 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 12232 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12233 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12234 } 12235 12236 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 12237 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 12238 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12239 FD->getLocation())); 12240 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 12241 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12242 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 12243 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12244 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12245 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12246 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 12247 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 12248 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 12249 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 12250 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 12251 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 12252 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 12253 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12254 else 12255 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12256 } 12257 } 12258 12259 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 12260 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 12261 // across. 12262 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 12263 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 12264 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 12265 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 12266 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12267 } 12268 12269 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 12270 if (!Name) 12271 return; 12272 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12273 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 12274 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 12275 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 12276 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 12277 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 12278 // about. 12279 } else 12280 return; 12281 12282 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 12283 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 12284 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 12285 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12286 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12287 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 12288 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 12289 FD->getLocation())); 12290 } 12291 12292 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 12293 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 12294 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 12295 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 12296 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 12297 FD->getLocation())); 12298 } 12299 } 12300 12301 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 12302 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 12303 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 12304 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 12305 12306 if (!TInfo) { 12307 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 12308 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 12309 } 12310 12311 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 12312 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 12313 D.getLocStart(), 12314 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 12315 D.getIdentifier(), 12316 TInfo); 12317 12318 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 12319 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 12320 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 12321 return NewTD; 12322 } 12323 12324 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 12325 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12326 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 12327 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 12328 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 12329 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 12330 else 12331 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 12332 } 12333 12334 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 12335 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 12336 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 12337 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 12338 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 12339 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 12340 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 12341 case TST_enum: 12342 case TST_struct: 12343 case TST_interface: 12344 case TST_union: 12345 case TST_class: { 12346 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 12347 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 12348 break; 12349 } 12350 12351 default: 12352 break; 12353 } 12354 12355 return NewTD; 12356 } 12357 12358 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 12359 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 12360 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 12361 QualType T = TI->getType(); 12362 12363 if (T->isDependentType()) 12364 return false; 12365 12366 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 12367 if (BT->isInteger()) 12368 return false; 12369 12370 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 12371 return true; 12372 } 12373 12374 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 12375 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 12376 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 12377 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 12378 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 12379 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 12380 12381 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 12382 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 12383 << Prev->isScoped(); 12384 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12385 return true; 12386 } 12387 12388 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 12389 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 12390 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 12391 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 12392 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 12393 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 12394 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 12395 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 12396 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 12397 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 12398 return true; 12399 } 12400 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 12401 ; 12402 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 12403 ; 12404 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 12405 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 12406 << Prev->isFixed(); 12407 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12408 return true; 12409 } 12410 12411 return false; 12412 } 12413 12414 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 12415 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 12416 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 12417 /// 12418 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 12419 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 12420 switch (Tag) { 12421 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 12422 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 12423 case TTK_Class: return 2; 12424 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 12425 } 12426 } 12427 12428 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 12429 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 12430 /// 12431 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 12432 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 12433 { 12434 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 12435 } 12436 12437 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl) { 12438 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12439 return NTK_Typedef; 12440 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12441 return NTK_TypeAlias; 12442 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12443 return NTK_Template; 12444 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12445 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; 12446 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12447 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; 12448 return NTK_Unknown; 12449 } 12450 12451 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 12452 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 12453 /// 12454 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 12455 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 12456 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 12457 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 12458 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 12459 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 12460 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 12461 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 12462 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 12463 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 12464 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 12465 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 12466 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 12467 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 12468 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 12469 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 12470 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 12471 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 12472 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 12473 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 12474 if (OldTag == NewTag) 12475 return true; 12476 12477 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 12478 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 12479 bool isTemplate = false; 12480 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 12481 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 12482 12483 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 12484 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 12485 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 12486 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12487 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12488 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12489 return true; 12490 } 12491 12492 if (isDefinition) { 12493 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 12494 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 12495 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12496 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 12497 return true; 12498 } 12499 12500 bool previousMismatch = false; 12501 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 12502 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 12503 if (!previousMismatch) { 12504 previousMismatch = true; 12505 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 12506 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12507 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 12508 } 12509 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12510 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 12511 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 12512 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 12513 } 12514 } 12515 return true; 12516 } 12517 12518 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 12519 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 12520 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 12521 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 12522 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 12523 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 12524 return true; 12525 } 12526 12527 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12528 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12529 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12530 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12531 12532 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 12533 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12534 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12535 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 12536 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 12537 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 12538 } 12539 12540 return true; 12541 } 12542 return false; 12543 } 12544 12545 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 12546 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 12547 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 12548 /// namespace N { 12549 /// struct X; 12550 /// namespace M { 12551 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 12552 /// } 12553 /// } 12554 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 12555 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12556 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 12557 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 12558 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 12559 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 12560 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12561 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 12562 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 12563 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 12564 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 12565 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 12566 return FixItHint(); 12567 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 12568 Namespaces.push_back(II); 12569 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 12570 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 12571 if (Lookup == Namespace) 12572 break; 12573 } 12574 12575 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 12576 // build an NNS. 12577 SmallString<64> Insertion; 12578 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 12579 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 12580 OS << "::"; 12581 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 12582 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 12583 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 12584 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 12585 } 12586 12587 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 12588 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 12589 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 12590 /// using-declaration). 12591 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 12592 DeclContext *NewDC) { 12593 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 12594 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 12595 12596 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 12597 return true; 12598 12599 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 12600 // encloses the other). 12601 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 12602 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 12603 return true; 12604 12605 return false; 12606 } 12607 12608 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 12609 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 12610 /// nothing. 12611 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12612 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12613 DC = DC->getParent(); 12614 return DC; 12615 } 12616 12617 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 12618 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 12619 /// nothing. 12620 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 12621 while (S->isClassScope() || 12622 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 12623 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 12624 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 12625 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 12626 S = S->getParent(); 12627 return S; 12628 } 12629 12630 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 12631 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 12632 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 12633 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 12634 /// 12635 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 12636 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 12637 /// 12638 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 12639 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 12640 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 12641 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 12642 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 12643 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 12644 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 12645 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 12646 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 12647 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 12648 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 12649 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 12650 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12651 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 12652 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 12653 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 12654 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 12655 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 12656 12657 OwnedDecl = false; 12658 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 12659 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 12660 12661 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 12662 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 12663 bool Invalid = false; 12664 12665 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 12666 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 12667 // for non-C++ cases. 12668 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 12669 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 12670 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 12671 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 12672 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 12673 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 12674 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12675 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 12676 return nullptr; 12677 } 12678 12679 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 12680 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 12681 // be a member of another template). 12682 12683 if (Invalid) 12684 return nullptr; 12685 12686 OwnedDecl = false; 12687 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 12688 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 12689 TemplateParams, AS, 12690 ModulePrivateLoc, 12691 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 12692 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 12693 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 12694 SkipBody); 12695 return Result.get(); 12696 } else { 12697 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 12698 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 12699 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 12700 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 12701 } 12702 } 12703 } 12704 12705 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 12706 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 12707 // redeclaration. 12708 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 12709 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 12710 12711 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12712 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 12713 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 12714 // type, default to int. 12715 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12716 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 12717 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 12718 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 12719 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 12720 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 12721 EnumUnderlying = TI; 12722 12723 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 12724 // Recover by falling back to int. 12725 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12726 12727 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 12728 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 12729 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12730 12731 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12732 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12733 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 12734 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12735 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 12736 } 12737 } 12738 } 12739 12740 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 12741 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 12742 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 12743 bool isStdAlignValT = false; 12744 12745 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 12746 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 12747 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 12748 12749 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 12750 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12751 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 12752 12753 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 12754 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 12755 Name = nullptr; 12756 goto CreateNewDecl; 12757 } 12758 12759 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 12760 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 12761 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12762 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 12763 if (!DC) { 12764 IsDependent = true; 12765 return nullptr; 12766 } 12767 } else { 12768 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 12769 if (!DC) { 12770 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 12771 << SS.getRange(); 12772 return nullptr; 12773 } 12774 } 12775 12776 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 12777 return nullptr; 12778 12779 SearchDC = DC; 12780 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 12781 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 12782 12783 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12784 return nullptr; 12785 12786 if (Previous.empty()) { 12787 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 12788 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 12789 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 12790 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 12791 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 12792 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 12793 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 12794 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12795 IsDependent = true; 12796 return nullptr; 12797 } 12798 12799 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 12800 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 12801 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 12802 Name = nullptr; 12803 Invalid = true; 12804 goto CreateNewDecl; 12805 } 12806 } else if (Name) { 12807 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 12808 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 12809 // name different from T: 12810 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 12811 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12812 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 12813 return nullptr; 12814 12815 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 12816 // declaration or definition. 12817 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 12818 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 12819 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 12820 LookupName(Previous, S); 12821 12822 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 12823 // by types using'ed into this scope. 12824 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 12825 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 12826 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12827 while (F.hasNext()) { 12828 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12829 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 12830 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 12831 F.erase(); 12832 } 12833 F.done(); 12834 } 12835 12836 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 12837 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 12838 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 12839 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 12840 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 12841 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 12842 // 12843 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 12844 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 12845 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 12846 // 12847 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 12848 // semantic context? 12849 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12850 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12851 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12852 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 12853 while (F.hasNext()) { 12854 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12855 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12856 if (DC->isFileContext() && 12857 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 12858 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12859 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 12860 else 12861 F.erase(); 12862 } 12863 } 12864 F.done(); 12865 12866 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 12867 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 12868 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 12869 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12870 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 12871 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 12872 } 12873 } 12874 12875 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 12876 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12877 return nullptr; 12878 12879 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 12880 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 12881 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 12882 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 12883 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 12884 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 12885 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 12886 } 12887 } 12888 12889 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 12890 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 12891 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12892 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12893 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12894 Previous.clear(); 12895 } 12896 12897 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 12898 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { 12899 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 12900 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 12901 isStdBadAlloc = true; 12902 12903 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 12904 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 12905 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 12906 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) 12907 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 12908 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) { 12909 isStdAlignValT = true; 12910 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) 12911 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); 12912 } 12913 } 12914 12915 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 12916 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 12917 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 12918 // there's a shadow friend decl. 12919 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 12920 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12921 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 12922 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 12923 12924 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12925 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 12926 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 12927 // 12928 // class-key identifier 12929 // 12930 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 12931 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 12932 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 12933 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 12934 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 12935 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 12936 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 12937 // declaration. 12938 // 12939 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 12940 // C structs and unions. 12941 // 12942 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 12943 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 12944 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 12945 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 12946 // 12947 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 12948 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 12949 // 12950 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 12951 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 12952 // lexical context, 12953 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 12954 12955 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 12956 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12957 } else { 12958 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 12959 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 12960 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 12961 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 12962 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 12963 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12964 } 12965 12966 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 12967 // diagnose some problems. 12968 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 12969 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 12970 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 12971 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 12972 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12973 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12974 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 12975 } else { 12976 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12977 LookupName(Previous, S); 12978 } 12979 } 12980 12981 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 12982 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 12983 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 12984 12985 if (!Previous.empty()) { 12986 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12987 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12988 12989 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 12990 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 12991 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 12992 // in C++. 12993 // 12994 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 12995 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 12996 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 12997 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 12998 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12999 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13000 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 13001 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 13002 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 13003 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 13004 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 13005 PrevDecl = Tag; 13006 Previous.clear(); 13007 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 13008 Previous.resolveKind(); 13009 } 13010 } 13011 } 13012 } 13013 13014 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 13015 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 13016 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 13017 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 13018 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 13019 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 13020 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 13021 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 13022 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 13023 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 13024 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 13025 diag::note_using_decl_target); 13026 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 13027 << 0; 13028 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 13029 Previous.clear(); 13030 goto CreateNewDecl; 13031 } 13032 } 13033 13034 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13035 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 13036 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 13037 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 13038 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 13039 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13040 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 13041 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 13042 // struct or something similar. 13043 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 13044 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 13045 Name)) { 13046 bool SafeToContinue 13047 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 13048 Kind != TTK_Enum); 13049 if (SafeToContinue) 13050 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 13051 << Name 13052 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 13053 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 13054 else 13055 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 13056 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 13057 13058 if (SafeToContinue) 13059 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 13060 else { 13061 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 13062 Name = nullptr; 13063 Previous.clear(); 13064 Invalid = true; 13065 } 13066 } 13067 13068 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 13069 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 13070 13071 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 13072 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 13073 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13074 if (ScopedEnum) 13075 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 13076 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 13077 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 13078 return PrevTagDecl; 13079 } 13080 13081 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 13082 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13083 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 13084 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 13085 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 13086 13087 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 13088 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 13089 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 13090 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 13091 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 13092 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 13093 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 13094 } 13095 13096 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 13097 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 13098 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 13099 // and then later defined. 13100 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 13101 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 13102 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 13103 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13104 } 13105 13106 if (!Invalid) { 13107 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 13108 // we have attributes. 13109 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13110 if (Attr) { 13111 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 13112 // declaration to hold them. 13113 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 13114 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 13115 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 13116 PP.getModuleContainingLocation( 13117 PrevDecl->getLocation()) != 13118 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) && 13119 SS.isEmpty()) { 13120 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 13121 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 13122 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 13123 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 13124 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 13125 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 13126 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 13127 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 13128 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13129 return PrevTagDecl; 13130 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 13131 // that scope. 13132 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 13133 } else { 13134 return PrevTagDecl; 13135 } 13136 } 13137 13138 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 13139 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13140 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 13141 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 13142 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 13143 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 13144 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 13145 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 13146 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 13147 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13148 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13149 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13150 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 13151 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13152 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13153 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13154 } 13155 13156 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 13157 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13158 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 13159 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 13160 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 13161 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 13162 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 13163 // use it in place of this one. 13164 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 13165 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 13166 return Def; 13167 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 13168 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 13169 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 13170 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 13171 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 13172 else 13173 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 13174 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13175 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 13176 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 13177 // references get the previous definition. 13178 Name = nullptr; 13179 Previous.clear(); 13180 Invalid = true; 13181 } 13182 } else { 13183 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 13184 // about a nested redefinition. 13185 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 13186 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 13187 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 13188 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 13189 diag::note_previous_definition); 13190 Name = nullptr; 13191 Previous.clear(); 13192 Invalid = true; 13193 } 13194 } 13195 13196 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 13197 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 13198 } 13199 13200 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 13201 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 13202 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 13203 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13204 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 13205 AS = AS_none; 13206 } 13207 } 13208 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 13209 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 13210 13211 } else { 13212 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 13213 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 13214 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 13215 // have distinct types. 13216 Previous.clear(); 13217 } 13218 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 13219 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 13220 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 13221 13222 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 13223 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 13224 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 13225 } else { 13226 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 13227 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 13228 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 13229 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 13230 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 13231 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl); 13232 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << NTK; 13233 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 13234 Invalid = true; 13235 13236 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 13237 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13238 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 13239 // do nothing 13240 13241 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 13242 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13243 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl); 13244 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; 13245 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13246 Invalid = true; 13247 13248 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 13249 // case here. 13250 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13251 unsigned Kind = 0; 13252 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 13253 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 13254 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 13255 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13256 Invalid = true; 13257 13258 // Otherwise, diagnose. 13259 } else { 13260 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 13261 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 13262 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 13263 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13264 Name = nullptr; 13265 Invalid = true; 13266 } 13267 13268 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 13269 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 13270 Previous.clear(); 13271 } 13272 } 13273 13274 CreateNewDecl: 13275 13276 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13277 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 13278 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13279 13280 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 13281 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 13282 // keyword. 13283 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 13284 13285 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 13286 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 13287 // PrevDecl. 13288 TagDecl *New; 13289 13290 bool IsForwardReference = false; 13291 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13292 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13293 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 13294 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13295 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 13296 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 13297 13298 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) 13299 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13300 13301 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 13302 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 13303 TagDecl *Def; 13304 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 13305 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 13306 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 13307 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 13308 } 13309 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 13310 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 13311 << New; 13312 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13313 } else { 13314 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 13315 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13316 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 13317 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13318 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 13319 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 13320 13321 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 13322 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 13323 // the declaration context. 13324 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 13325 IsForwardReference = true; 13326 } 13327 } 13328 13329 if (EnumUnderlying) { 13330 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13331 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13332 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 13333 else 13334 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 13335 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 13336 } 13337 } else { 13338 // struct/union/class 13339 13340 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13341 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 13342 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13343 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 13344 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13345 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13346 13347 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 13348 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 13349 } else 13350 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13351 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13352 } 13353 13354 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 13355 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 13356 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13357 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 13358 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13359 Invalid = true; 13360 } 13361 13362 // Maybe add qualifier info. 13363 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 13364 if (SS.isSet()) { 13365 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 13366 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 13367 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 13368 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 13369 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 13370 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 13371 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 13372 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 13373 Invalid = true; 13374 13375 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 13376 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 13377 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 13378 } 13379 } 13380 else 13381 Invalid = true; 13382 } 13383 13384 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 13385 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 13386 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 13387 // 13388 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 13389 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 13390 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 13391 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 13392 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 13393 // parsing of the struct). 13394 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13395 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 13396 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 13397 } 13398 } 13399 13400 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 13401 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 13402 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 13403 << 2 13404 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 13405 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 13406 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 13407 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 13408 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 13409 New->setModulePrivate(); 13410 } 13411 13412 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 13413 // check the specialization. 13414 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 13415 Invalid = true; 13416 13417 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 13418 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 13419 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 13420 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 13421 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 13422 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13423 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 13424 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 13425 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 13426 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 13427 << Name; 13428 Invalid = true; 13429 } 13430 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 13431 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13432 } 13433 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 13434 } 13435 13436 if (Invalid) 13437 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13438 13439 if (Attr) 13440 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13441 13442 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 13443 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 13444 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 13445 13446 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 13447 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 13448 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 13449 // the tag name visible. 13450 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 13451 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 13452 13453 // Set the access specifier. 13454 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 13455 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 13456 13457 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 13458 New->startDefinition(); 13459 13460 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 13461 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13462 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 13463 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 13464 if (PrevDecl) 13465 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 13466 13467 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13468 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13469 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 13470 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 13471 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 13472 } else if (Name) { 13473 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13474 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 13475 if (IsForwardReference) 13476 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13477 } else { 13478 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13479 } 13480 13481 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 13482 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 13483 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 13484 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 13485 II->isStr("FILE")) 13486 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 13487 13488 if (PrevDecl) 13489 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 13490 13491 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13492 // record. 13493 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 13494 13495 OwnedDecl = true; 13496 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 13497 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 13498 if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13499 if (New->isBeingDefined()) 13500 if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) 13501 RD->completeDefinition(); 13502 return nullptr; 13503 } else { 13504 return New; 13505 } 13506 } 13507 13508 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13509 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13510 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13511 13512 // Enter the tag context. 13513 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 13514 13515 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 13516 13517 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13518 // record. 13519 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 13520 } 13521 13522 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 13523 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 13524 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 13525 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 13526 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 13527 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 13528 CurContext = OCD; 13529 return IDecl; 13530 } 13531 13532 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13533 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 13534 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 13535 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 13536 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13537 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 13538 13539 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 13540 13541 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 13542 return; 13543 13544 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 13545 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 13546 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 13547 13548 // C++ [class]p2: 13549 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 13550 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 13551 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 13552 // as if it were a public member name. 13553 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 13554 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 13555 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 13556 Record->getIdentifier(), 13557 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 13558 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 13559 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 13560 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 13561 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 13562 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 13563 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 13564 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 13565 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 13566 "Broken injected-class-name"); 13567 } 13568 13569 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13570 SourceRange BraceRange) { 13571 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13572 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13573 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 13574 13575 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13576 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13577 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 13578 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13579 RD->completeDefinition(); 13580 } 13581 13582 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 13583 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 13584 13585 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 13586 PopDeclContext(); 13587 13588 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 13589 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 13590 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 13591 13592 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 13593 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 13594 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 13595 } 13596 13597 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 13598 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 13599 PopDeclContext(); 13600 } 13601 13602 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13603 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 13604 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 13605 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 13606 } 13607 13608 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13609 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 13610 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 13611 } 13612 13613 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13614 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13615 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13616 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 13617 13618 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13619 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13620 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13621 RD->completeDefinition(); 13622 } 13623 13624 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 13625 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 13626 // the FieldCollector. 13627 13628 PopDeclContext(); 13629 } 13630 13631 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 13632 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 13633 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 13634 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 13635 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 13636 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 13637 if (ZeroWidth) 13638 *ZeroWidth = true; 13639 13640 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 13641 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 13642 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 13643 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 13644 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 13645 return ExprError(); 13646 if (FieldName) 13647 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 13648 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13649 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 13650 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13651 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 13652 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 13653 return ExprError(); 13654 13655 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 13656 // it now. 13657 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 13658 return BitWidth; 13659 13660 llvm::APSInt Value; 13661 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 13662 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 13663 return ICE; 13664 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 13665 13666 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 13667 *ZeroWidth = false; 13668 13669 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 13670 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 13671 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 13672 13673 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 13674 if (FieldName) 13675 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13676 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 13677 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13678 << Value.toString(10); 13679 } 13680 13681 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 13682 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 13683 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 13684 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 13685 13686 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 13687 // ABI. 13688 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 13689 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 13690 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 13691 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 13692 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 13693 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 13694 unsigned DiagWidth = 13695 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 13696 if (FieldName) 13697 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13698 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13699 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 13700 13701 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13702 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 13703 << DiagWidth; 13704 } 13705 13706 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 13707 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 13708 // 'bool'. 13709 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 13710 if (FieldName) 13711 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13712 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13713 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13714 else 13715 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13716 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13717 } 13718 } 13719 13720 return BitWidth; 13721 } 13722 13723 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 13724 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 13725 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 13726 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 13727 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 13728 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 13729 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 13730 return Res; 13731 } 13732 13733 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 13734 /// 13735 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 13736 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13737 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 13738 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13739 AccessSpecifier AS) { 13740 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 13741 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 13742 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) 13743 << Decomp.getSourceRange(); 13744 return nullptr; 13745 } 13746 13747 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13748 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13749 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13750 13751 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13752 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13753 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13754 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 13755 13756 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 13757 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 13758 D.setInvalidType(); 13759 T = Context.IntTy; 13760 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 13761 } 13762 } 13763 13764 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 13765 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 13766 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 13767 D.setInvalidType(); 13768 } 13769 13770 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 13771 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 13772 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 13773 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 13774 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 13775 D.setInvalidType(); 13776 } 13777 13778 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 13779 13780 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 13781 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 13782 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 13783 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 13784 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13785 diag::err_invalid_thread) 13786 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 13787 13788 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 13789 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13790 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 13791 LookupName(Previous, S); 13792 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 13793 case LookupResult::Found: 13794 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 13795 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 13796 break; 13797 13798 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 13799 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13800 break; 13801 13802 case LookupResult::NotFound: 13803 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 13804 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 13805 break; 13806 } 13807 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 13808 13809 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13810 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13811 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 13812 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13813 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13814 } 13815 13816 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 13817 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13818 13819 bool Mutable 13820 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 13821 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 13822 FieldDecl *NewFD 13823 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 13824 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 13825 13826 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 13827 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13828 13829 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13830 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 13831 13832 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 13833 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 13834 // with the same name in the same scope. 13835 } else if (II) { 13836 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 13837 } else 13838 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 13839 13840 return NewFD; 13841 } 13842 13843 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 13844 /// 13845 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 13846 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 13847 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 13848 /// created. 13849 /// 13850 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 13851 /// 13852 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 13853 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 13854 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 13855 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 13856 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 13857 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13858 SourceLocation TSSL, 13859 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 13860 Declarator *D) { 13861 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 13862 bool InvalidDecl = false; 13863 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 13864 13865 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 13866 // marking this declaration as invalid. 13867 if (T.isNull()) { 13868 InvalidDecl = true; 13869 T = Context.IntTy; 13870 } 13871 13872 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 13873 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13874 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13875 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 13876 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13877 InvalidDecl = true; 13878 } else { 13879 NamedDecl *Def; 13880 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 13881 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 13882 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13883 InvalidDecl = true; 13884 } 13885 } 13886 } 13887 13888 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 13889 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 13890 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 13891 InvalidDecl = true; 13892 } 13893 13894 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13895 // than a variably modified type. 13896 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13897 bool SizeIsNegative; 13898 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 13899 13900 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 13901 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 13902 SizeIsNegative, 13903 Oversized); 13904 if (FixedTInfo) { 13905 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 13906 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 13907 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 13908 } else { 13909 if (SizeIsNegative) 13910 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 13911 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 13912 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 13913 << Oversized.toString(10); 13914 else 13915 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 13916 InvalidDecl = true; 13917 } 13918 } 13919 13920 // Fields can not have abstract class types 13921 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 13922 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13923 AbstractFieldType)) 13924 InvalidDecl = true; 13925 13926 bool ZeroWidth = false; 13927 if (InvalidDecl) 13928 BitWidth = nullptr; 13929 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 13930 if (BitWidth) { 13931 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 13932 &ZeroWidth).get(); 13933 if (!BitWidth) { 13934 InvalidDecl = true; 13935 BitWidth = nullptr; 13936 ZeroWidth = false; 13937 } 13938 } 13939 13940 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 13941 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 13942 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13943 if (T->isReferenceType()) 13944 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 13945 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 13946 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 13947 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 13948 13949 if (DiagID) { 13950 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 13951 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 13952 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 13953 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 13954 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 13955 Mutable = false; 13956 InvalidDecl = true; 13957 } 13958 } 13959 } 13960 13961 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 13962 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 13963 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 13964 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 13965 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 13966 13967 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 13968 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 13969 if (InvalidDecl) 13970 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13971 13972 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13973 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13974 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13975 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13976 } 13977 13978 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13979 if (Record->isUnion()) { 13980 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13981 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13982 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13983 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 13984 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 13985 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 13986 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 13987 // objects. 13988 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 13989 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13990 } 13991 } 13992 13993 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 13994 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 13995 // enabled. 13996 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 13997 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 13998 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 13999 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 14000 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 14001 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 14002 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14003 } 14004 } 14005 } 14006 14007 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 14008 // representation, not a parser representation. 14009 if (D) { 14010 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 14011 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 14012 14013 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 14014 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 14015 } 14016 14017 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 14018 // retainable type. 14019 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 14020 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14021 14022 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 14023 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 14024 14025 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 14026 return NewFD; 14027 } 14028 14029 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 14030 assert(FD); 14031 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 14032 14033 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 14034 return false; 14035 14036 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14037 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14038 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 14039 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 14040 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 14041 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 14042 // copy constructors. 14043 14044 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 14045 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 14046 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 14047 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 14048 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 14049 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 14050 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 14051 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 14052 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 14053 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 14054 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 14055 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 14056 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 14057 member = CXXDestructor; 14058 14059 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 14060 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 14061 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 14062 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 14063 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 14064 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 14065 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 14066 // members unavailable. 14067 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 14068 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 14069 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 14070 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14071 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 14072 return false; 14073 } 14074 } 14075 14076 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 14077 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 14078 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 14079 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 14080 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 14081 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 14082 } 14083 } 14084 } 14085 14086 return false; 14087 } 14088 14089 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 14090 /// AST enum value. 14091 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 14092 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 14093 switch (ivarVisibility) { 14094 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 14095 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 14096 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 14097 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 14098 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 14099 } 14100 } 14101 14102 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 14103 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 14104 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 14105 SourceLocation DeclStart, 14106 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 14107 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 14108 14109 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 14110 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 14111 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 14112 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 14113 14114 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 14115 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 14116 14117 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 14118 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 14119 14120 if (BitWidth) { 14121 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 14122 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 14123 if (!BitWidth) 14124 D.setInvalidType(); 14125 } else { 14126 // Not a bitfield. 14127 14128 // validate II. 14129 14130 } 14131 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 14132 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 14133 D.setInvalidType(); 14134 } 14135 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 14136 // than a variably modified type. 14137 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 14138 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 14139 D.setInvalidType(); 14140 } 14141 14142 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 14143 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 14144 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 14145 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 14146 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 14147 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 14148 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 14149 return nullptr; 14150 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 14151 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14152 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14153 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 14154 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 14155 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 14156 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 14157 } 14158 else 14159 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14160 } else { 14161 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14162 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14163 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 14164 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 14165 return nullptr; 14166 } 14167 } 14168 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14169 } 14170 14171 // Construct the decl. 14172 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 14173 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 14174 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 14175 14176 if (II) { 14177 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 14178 ForRedeclaration); 14179 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 14180 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14181 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14182 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14183 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14184 } 14185 } 14186 14187 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 14188 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 14189 14190 if (D.isInvalidType()) 14191 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14192 14193 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 14194 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 14195 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14196 14197 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 14198 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 14199 14200 if (II) { 14201 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 14202 // these to the interface. 14203 S->AddDecl(NewID); 14204 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 14205 } 14206 14207 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 14208 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 14209 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 14210 14211 return NewID; 14212 } 14213 14214 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 14215 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 14216 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 14217 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 14218 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 14219 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 14220 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 14221 return; 14222 14223 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 14224 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 14225 14226 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 14227 return; 14228 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 14229 if (!ID) { 14230 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 14231 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 14232 return; 14233 } 14234 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 14235 else 14236 return; 14237 } 14238 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 14239 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 14240 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 14241 14242 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 14243 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 14244 Context.CharTy, 14245 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 14246 DeclLoc), 14247 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 14248 true); 14249 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 14250 } 14251 14252 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 14253 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 14254 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 14255 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 14256 14257 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 14258 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 14259 // it will now change. 14260 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14261 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14262 switch (DC->getKind()) { 14263 default: break; 14264 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 14265 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14266 break; 14267 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 14268 Context. 14269 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14270 break; 14271 } 14272 } 14273 14274 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14275 14276 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 14277 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 14278 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 14279 if (Record) { 14280 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 14281 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 14282 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 14283 ++NumNamedMembers; 14284 } 14285 } 14286 14287 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 14288 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 14289 14290 bool ARCErrReported = false; 14291 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 14292 i != end; ++i) { 14293 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 14294 14295 // Get the type for the field. 14296 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 14297 14298 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 14299 // Remember all fields written by the user. 14300 RecFields.push_back(FD); 14301 } 14302 14303 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 14304 // diagnostics about it. 14305 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 14306 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14307 continue; 14308 } 14309 14310 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 14311 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 14312 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 14313 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 14314 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 14315 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 14316 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 14317 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 14318 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 14319 // array. 14320 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 14321 // Field declared as a function. 14322 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 14323 << FD->getDeclName(); 14324 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14325 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14326 continue; 14327 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 14328 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 14329 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 14330 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 14331 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 14332 // Flexible array member. 14333 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 14334 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 14335 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 14336 unsigned DiagID = 0; 14337 if (Record->isUnion()) 14338 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14339 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 14340 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14341 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 14342 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 14343 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 14344 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14345 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 14346 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14347 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 14348 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 14349 14350 if (DiagID) 14351 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 14352 << Record->getTagKind(); 14353 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 14354 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 14355 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 14356 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 14357 // of the type. 14358 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 14359 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 14360 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 14361 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14362 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 14363 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 14364 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14365 14366 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 14367 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 14368 // 14369 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 14370 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 14371 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14372 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 14373 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 14374 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14375 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14376 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14377 continue; 14378 } 14379 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 14380 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14381 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 14382 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14383 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 14384 // Incomplete type 14385 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14386 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14387 continue; 14388 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14389 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 14390 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 14391 // flexible array member. 14392 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14393 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 14394 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 14395 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 14396 // structures. 14397 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 14398 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 14399 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14400 else { 14401 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 14402 // other structs as an extension. 14403 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 14404 << FD->getDeclName(); 14405 } 14406 } 14407 } 14408 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 14409 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14410 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14411 AbstractIvarType)) { 14412 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 14413 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14414 } 14415 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14416 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14417 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 14418 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14419 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 14420 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 14421 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 14422 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 14423 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 14424 FD->setType(T); 14425 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 14426 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 14427 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 14428 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 14429 // so we just make the field unavailable. 14430 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 14431 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 14432 QualType T = FD->getType(); 14433 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 14434 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 14435 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 14436 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 14437 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 14438 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14439 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 14440 } 14441 } else { 14442 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 14443 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 14444 } 14445 ARCErrReported = true; 14446 } 14447 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 14448 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 14449 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 14450 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14451 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 14452 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14453 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 14454 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14455 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 14456 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14457 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14458 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14459 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 14460 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14461 } 14462 } 14463 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 14464 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14465 // Keep track of the number of named members. 14466 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 14467 ++NumNamedMembers; 14468 } 14469 14470 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 14471 if (Record) { 14472 bool Completed = false; 14473 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14474 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14475 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 14476 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 14477 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 14478 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 14479 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 14480 } 14481 14482 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 14483 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 14484 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 14485 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 14486 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 14487 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 14488 } 14489 14490 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14491 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 14492 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 14493 14494 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 14495 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 14496 // problem now. 14497 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 14498 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 14499 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 14500 14501 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 14502 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 14503 M != MEnd; ++M) { 14504 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 14505 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 14506 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 14507 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 14508 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 14509 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 14510 continue; 14511 14512 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 14513 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 14514 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 14515 // program is ill-formed. 14516 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 14517 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 14518 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 14519 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 14520 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 14521 OM = SO->second.begin(), 14522 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 14523 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 14524 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 14525 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 14526 14527 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14528 } 14529 } 14530 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 14531 Completed = true; 14532 } 14533 } 14534 } 14535 } 14536 14537 if (!Completed) 14538 Record->completeDefinition(); 14539 14540 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. 14541 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14542 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); 14543 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && 14544 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) 14545 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); 14546 } 14547 14548 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 14549 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 14550 14551 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 14552 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 14553 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 14554 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 14555 } 14556 14557 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 14558 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 14559 // compatibility problems. 14560 bool CheckForZeroSize; 14561 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14562 CheckForZeroSize = true; 14563 } else { 14564 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 14565 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 14566 CheckForZeroSize = 14567 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 14568 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 14569 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 14570 } 14571 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 14572 bool ZeroSize = true; 14573 bool IsEmpty = true; 14574 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 14575 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 14576 E = Record->field_end(); 14577 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 14578 IsEmpty = false; 14579 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 14580 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 14581 ZeroSize = false; 14582 } else { 14583 ++NonBitFields; 14584 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 14585 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 14586 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 14587 ZeroSize = false; 14588 } 14589 } 14590 14591 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 14592 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 14593 // extern "C" block. 14594 if (ZeroSize) { 14595 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 14596 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 14597 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 14598 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 14599 } 14600 14601 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 14602 // but are accepted by GCC. 14603 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14604 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 14605 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 14606 << Record->isUnion(); 14607 } 14608 } 14609 } else { 14610 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 14611 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 14612 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14613 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 14614 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 14615 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14616 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 14617 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14618 } 14619 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 14620 // duplicates. 14621 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 14622 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 14623 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14624 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14625 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 14626 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 14627 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 14628 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 14629 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 14630 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 14631 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14632 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14633 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14634 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14635 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 14636 // reported as errors elsewhere. 14637 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 14638 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 14639 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 14640 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 14641 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 14642 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14643 if (IDecl) { 14644 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 14645 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14646 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14647 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14648 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14649 continue; 14650 } 14651 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 14652 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 14653 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14654 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14655 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14656 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14657 continue; 14658 } 14659 } 14660 } 14661 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 14662 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14663 } 14664 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14665 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14666 } 14667 } 14668 14669 if (Attr) 14670 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 14671 } 14672 14673 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 14674 /// the given type T. 14675 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 14676 llvm::APSInt &Value, 14677 QualType T) { 14678 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14679 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 14680 14681 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 14682 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 14683 --BitWidth; 14684 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 14685 } 14686 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 14687 } 14688 14689 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 14690 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 14691 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 14692 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 14693 // enum checking below. 14694 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14695 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 14696 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14697 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 14698 }; 14699 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14700 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 14701 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 14702 }; 14703 14704 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 14705 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 14706 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 14707 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 14708 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 14709 return Types[I]; 14710 14711 return QualType(); 14712 } 14713 14714 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 14715 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 14716 SourceLocation IdLoc, 14717 IdentifierInfo *Id, 14718 Expr *Val) { 14719 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14720 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 14721 QualType EltTy; 14722 14723 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 14724 Val = nullptr; 14725 14726 if (Val) 14727 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 14728 14729 if (Val) { 14730 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 14731 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14732 else { 14733 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 14734 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 14735 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14736 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 14737 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 14738 // constant expression of the underlying type. 14739 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14740 ExprResult Converted = 14741 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 14742 CCEK_Enumerator); 14743 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 14744 Val = nullptr; 14745 else 14746 Val = Converted.get(); 14747 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 14748 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 14749 &EnumVal).get())) { 14750 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 14751 } else { 14752 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14753 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14754 14755 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 14756 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 14757 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 14758 // expression checking. 14759 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14760 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14761 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14762 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14763 } else 14764 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14765 } else 14766 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 14767 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 14768 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 14769 .get(); 14770 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14771 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 14772 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14773 // is the type of its initializing value: 14774 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 14775 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 14776 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14777 } else { 14778 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 14779 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 14780 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 14781 // representable as an int. 14782 14783 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 14784 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 14785 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14786 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 14787 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 14788 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 14789 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 14790 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14791 } 14792 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14793 } 14794 } 14795 } 14796 } 14797 14798 if (!Val) { 14799 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 14800 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14801 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 14802 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14803 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14804 // is the type of its initializing value: 14805 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 14806 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 14807 // 14808 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 14809 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 14810 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14811 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14812 } 14813 else { 14814 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 14815 } 14816 } else { 14817 // Assign the last value + 1. 14818 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14819 ++EnumVal; 14820 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 14821 14822 // Check for overflow on increment. 14823 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 14824 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14825 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14826 // is the type of its initializing value: 14827 // 14828 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 14829 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 14830 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 14831 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 14832 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 14833 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 14834 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 14835 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 14836 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 14837 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 14838 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14839 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 14840 ++EnumVal; 14841 if (Enum->isFixed()) 14842 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 14843 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 14844 << EnumVal.toString(10) 14845 << EltTy; 14846 else 14847 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 14848 << EnumVal.toString(10); 14849 } else { 14850 EltTy = T; 14851 } 14852 14853 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 14854 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 14855 // value, then increment. 14856 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14857 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14858 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14859 ++EnumVal; 14860 14861 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 14862 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 14863 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 14864 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 14865 // integral type. 14866 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 14867 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 14868 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14869 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14870 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 14871 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14872 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 14873 } 14874 } 14875 } 14876 14877 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14878 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 14879 // enumerator's type. 14880 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14881 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14882 } 14883 14884 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 14885 Val, EnumVal); 14886 } 14887 14888 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 14889 SourceLocation IILoc) { 14890 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 14891 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14892 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14893 14894 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 14895 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 14896 // skip the body. 14897 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14898 ForRedeclaration); 14899 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 14900 if (!PrevECD) 14901 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14902 14903 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 14904 NamedDecl *Hidden; 14905 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 14906 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 14907 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 14908 return Skip; 14909 } 14910 14911 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14912 } 14913 14914 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 14915 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 14916 AttributeList *Attr, 14917 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 14918 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 14919 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 14920 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 14921 14922 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 14923 // we find one that is. 14924 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14925 14926 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 14927 // scope. 14928 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14929 ForRedeclaration); 14930 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14931 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14932 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 14933 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14934 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14935 } 14936 14937 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 14938 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 14939 // different from T: 14940 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 14941 // enumerated type 14942 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 14943 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 14944 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 14945 14946 EnumConstantDecl *New = 14947 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 14948 if (!New) 14949 return nullptr; 14950 14951 if (PrevDecl) { 14952 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 14953 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 14954 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 14955 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 14956 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 14957 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 14958 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14959 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 14960 else 14961 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 14962 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14963 return nullptr; 14964 } 14965 } 14966 14967 // Process attributes. 14968 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 14969 14970 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 14971 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 14972 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 14973 14974 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 14975 14976 return New; 14977 } 14978 14979 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 14980 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 14981 // Element2 = Element1 14982 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 14983 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 14984 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 14985 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 14986 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 14987 if (!InitExpr) 14988 return true; 14989 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 14990 14991 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 14992 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 14993 return true; 14994 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 14995 if (!IL) 14996 return true; 14997 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 14998 return true; 14999 15000 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 15001 } 15002 15003 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 15004 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 15005 if (!DRE) 15006 return true; 15007 15008 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 15009 if (!EnumConstant) 15010 return true; 15011 15012 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 15013 Enum) 15014 return true; 15015 15016 return false; 15017 } 15018 15019 namespace { 15020 struct DupKey { 15021 int64_t val; 15022 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 15023 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 15024 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 15025 }; 15026 15027 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 15028 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 15029 false); 15030 } 15031 15032 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 15033 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 15034 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 15035 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 15036 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 15037 } 15038 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 15039 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 15040 LHS.val == RHS.val; 15041 } 15042 }; 15043 } // end anonymous namespace 15044 15045 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 15046 // a previous element has already been set to. 15047 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15048 EnumDecl *Enum, 15049 QualType EnumType) { 15050 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 15051 return; 15052 // Avoid anonymous enums 15053 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 15054 return; 15055 15056 // Only check for small enums. 15057 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 15058 return; 15059 15060 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 15061 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 15062 15063 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 15064 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 15065 ValueToVectorMap; 15066 15067 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 15068 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 15069 15070 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 15071 // an initialier. 15072 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15073 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15074 15075 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 15076 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 15077 if (!ECD) { 15078 return; 15079 } 15080 15081 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 15082 continue; 15083 15084 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 15085 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 15086 15087 // First time encountering this value. 15088 if (Entry.isNull()) 15089 Entry = ECD; 15090 } 15091 15092 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 15093 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15094 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15095 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 15096 continue; 15097 15098 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 15099 15100 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 15101 if (Entry.isNull()) 15102 continue; 15103 15104 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 15105 // Ensure constants are different. 15106 if (D == ECD) 15107 continue; 15108 15109 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 15110 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 15111 Vec->push_back(D); 15112 Vec->push_back(ECD); 15113 15114 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 15115 Entry = Vec; 15116 15117 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 15118 // diagnostics. 15119 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 15120 continue; 15121 } 15122 15123 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 15124 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 15125 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 15126 continue; 15127 15128 Vec->push_back(ECD); 15129 } 15130 15131 // Emit diagnostics. 15132 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 15133 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 15134 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 15135 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 15136 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 15137 15138 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 15139 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 15140 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 15141 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15142 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15143 ++I; 15144 15145 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 15146 // the same value. 15147 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 15148 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 15149 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15150 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15151 delete Vec; 15152 } 15153 } 15154 15155 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 15156 bool AllowMask) const { 15157 assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 15158 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 15159 15160 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 15161 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 15162 15163 if (R.second) { 15164 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 15165 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 15166 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 15167 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 15168 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 15169 } 15170 } 15171 15172 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 15173 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 15174 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 15175 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 15176 // 15177 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 15178 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 15179 // likely a logic error. 15180 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 15181 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 15182 } 15183 15184 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 15185 Decl *EnumDeclX, 15186 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15187 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 15188 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 15189 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 15190 15191 if (Attr) 15192 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 15193 15194 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 15195 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15196 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15197 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15198 if (!ECD) continue; 15199 15200 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15201 } 15202 15203 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 15204 return; 15205 } 15206 15207 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 15208 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 15209 // emit a warning. 15210 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 15211 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 15212 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 15213 15214 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 15215 // reverse the list. 15216 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 15217 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 15218 15219 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 15220 bool AllElementsInt = true; 15221 15222 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15223 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15224 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15225 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15226 15227 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15228 15229 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 15230 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 15231 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 15232 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 15233 else 15234 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 15235 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 15236 15237 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 15238 if (AllElementsInt) 15239 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 15240 } 15241 15242 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 15243 QualType BestType; 15244 unsigned BestWidth; 15245 15246 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 15247 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 15248 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 15249 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 15250 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 15251 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 15252 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 15253 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 15254 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 15255 QualType BestPromotionType; 15256 15257 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 15258 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 15259 // enum definitions. 15260 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 15261 Packed = true; 15262 15263 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15264 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15265 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 15266 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 15267 else 15268 BestPromotionType = BestType; 15269 15270 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 15271 } 15272 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 15273 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 15274 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 15275 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15276 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 15277 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 15278 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15279 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 15280 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 15281 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 15282 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15283 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 15284 BestType = Context.IntTy; 15285 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15286 } else { 15287 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 15288 15289 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 15290 BestType = Context.LongTy; 15291 } else { 15292 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15293 15294 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 15295 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 15296 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 15297 } 15298 } 15299 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 15300 } else { 15301 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 15302 // all of the enumerator values. 15303 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15304 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 15305 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 15306 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15307 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15308 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 15309 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 15310 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15311 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15312 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 15313 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 15314 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15315 BestPromotionType 15316 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15317 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 15318 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 15319 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 15320 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 15321 BestPromotionType 15322 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15323 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 15324 } else { 15325 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15326 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 15327 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 15328 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 15329 BestPromotionType 15330 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15331 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 15332 } 15333 } 15334 15335 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 15336 // the type of the enum if needed. 15337 for (auto *D : Elements) { 15338 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15339 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15340 15341 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 15342 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 15343 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 15344 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 15345 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 15346 15347 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 15348 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15349 15350 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 15351 // the enum decl type. 15352 QualType NewTy; 15353 unsigned NewWidth; 15354 bool NewSign; 15355 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15356 !Enum->isFixed() && 15357 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 15358 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 15359 NewWidth = IntWidth; 15360 NewSign = true; 15361 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 15362 // Already the right type! 15363 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15364 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15365 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15366 // enumeration. 15367 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15368 continue; 15369 } else { 15370 NewTy = BestType; 15371 NewWidth = BestWidth; 15372 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 15373 } 15374 15375 // Adjust the APSInt value. 15376 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 15377 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 15378 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 15379 15380 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 15381 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 15382 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 15383 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 15384 CK_IntegralCast, 15385 ECD->getInitExpr(), 15386 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 15387 VK_RValue)); 15388 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15389 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15390 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15391 // enumeration. 15392 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15393 else 15394 ECD->setType(NewTy); 15395 } 15396 15397 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 15398 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 15399 15400 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 15401 15402 if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) { 15403 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 15404 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15405 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15406 15407 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15408 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 15409 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 15410 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 15411 << ECD << Enum; 15412 } 15413 } 15414 15415 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 15416 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 15417 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 15418 } 15419 15420 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 15421 SourceLocation StartLoc, 15422 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 15423 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 15424 15425 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 15426 AsmString, StartLoc, 15427 EndLoc); 15428 CurContext->addDecl(New); 15429 return New; 15430 } 15431 15432 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 15433 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 15434 bool FromInclude = false) { 15435 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 15436 15437 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 15438 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 15439 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 15440 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 15441 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 15442 break; 15443 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 15444 break; 15445 } 15446 DC = LSD->getParent(); 15447 } 15448 15449 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 15450 DC = DC->getParent(); 15451 15452 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 15453 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 15454 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 15455 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 15456 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 15457 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 15458 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 15459 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 15460 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 15461 << M->getFullModuleName(); 15462 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_extern_c_begins_here); 15463 } 15464 } 15465 15466 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc, 15467 ModuleDeclKind MDK, 15468 ModuleIdPath Path) { 15469 // 'module implementation' requires that we are not compiling a module of any 15470 // kind. 'module' and 'module partition' require that we are compiling a 15471 // module inteface (not a module map). 15472 auto CMK = getLangOpts().getCompilingModule(); 15473 if (MDK == ModuleDeclKind::Implementation 15474 ? CMK != LangOptions::CMK_None 15475 : CMK != LangOptions::CMK_ModuleInterface) { 15476 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_interface_implementation_mismatch) 15477 << (unsigned)MDK; 15478 return nullptr; 15479 } 15480 15481 // FIXME: Create a ModuleDecl and return it. 15482 15483 // FIXME: Most of this work should be done by the preprocessor rather than 15484 // here, in case we look ahead across something where the current 15485 // module matters (eg a #include). 15486 15487 // The dots in a module name in the Modules TS are a lie. Unlike Clang's 15488 // hierarchical module map modules, the dots here are just another character 15489 // that can appear in a module name. Flatten down to the actual module name. 15490 std::string ModuleName; 15491 for (auto &Piece : Path) { 15492 if (!ModuleName.empty()) 15493 ModuleName += "."; 15494 ModuleName += Piece.first->getName(); 15495 } 15496 15497 // If a module name was explicitly specified on the command line, it must be 15498 // correct. 15499 if (!getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() && 15500 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != ModuleName) { 15501 Diag(Path.front().second, diag::err_current_module_name_mismatch) 15502 << SourceRange(Path.front().second, Path.back().second) 15503 << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 15504 return nullptr; 15505 } 15506 const_cast<LangOptions&>(getLangOpts()).CurrentModule = ModuleName; 15507 15508 auto &Map = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap(); 15509 15510 switch (MDK) { 15511 case ModuleDeclKind::Module: { 15512 // FIXME: Check we're not in a submodule. 15513 15514 // We can't have imported a definition of this module or parsed a module 15515 // map defining it already. 15516 if (auto *M = Map.findModule(ModuleName)) { 15517 Diag(Path[0].second, diag::err_module_redefinition) << ModuleName; 15518 if (M->DefinitionLoc.isValid()) 15519 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition); 15520 else if (const auto *FE = M->getASTFile()) 15521 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition_from_ast_file) 15522 << FE->getName(); 15523 return nullptr; 15524 } 15525 15526 // Create a Module for the module that we're defining. 15527 Module *Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName); 15528 assert(Mod && "module creation should not fail"); 15529 15530 // Enter the semantic scope of the module. 15531 ActOnModuleBegin(ModuleLoc, Mod); 15532 return nullptr; 15533 } 15534 15535 case ModuleDeclKind::Partition: 15536 // FIXME: Check we are in a submodule of the named module. 15537 return nullptr; 15538 15539 case ModuleDeclKind::Implementation: 15540 std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> ModuleNameLoc( 15541 PP.getIdentifierInfo(ModuleName), Path[0].second); 15542 15543 DeclResult Import = ActOnModuleImport(ModuleLoc, ModuleLoc, ModuleNameLoc); 15544 if (Import.isInvalid()) 15545 return nullptr; 15546 return ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Import.get()); 15547 } 15548 15549 llvm_unreachable("unexpected module decl kind"); 15550 } 15551 15552 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, 15553 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 15554 ModuleIdPath Path) { 15555 Module *Mod = 15556 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 15557 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 15558 if (!Mod) 15559 return true; 15560 15561 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 15562 15563 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 15564 15565 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 15566 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 15567 // silently ignoring the import. 15568 // Import-from-implementation is valid in the Modules TS. FIXME: Should we 15569 // warn on a redundant import of the current module? 15570 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule && 15571 (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() || !getLangOpts().ModulesTS)) 15572 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() 15573 ? diag::err_module_self_import 15574 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 15575 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 15576 15577 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 15578 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 15579 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 15580 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 15581 // We need the length to be consistent. 15582 if (!ModCheck) 15583 break; 15584 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 15585 15586 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 15587 } 15588 15589 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15590 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, TU, StartLoc, 15591 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 15592 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 15593 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import); 15594 TU->addDecl(Import); 15595 return Import; 15596 } 15597 15598 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15599 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 15600 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 15601 } 15602 15603 void Sema::BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15604 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 15605 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 15606 // implementation detail of us building the module. 15607 // 15608 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 15609 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 15610 TUKind == TU_Module && 15611 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 15612 15613 bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes; 15614 15615 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 15616 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 15617 if (ShouldAddImport) { 15618 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15619 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15620 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 15621 DirectiveLoc); 15622 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 15623 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD); 15624 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15625 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15626 } 15627 15628 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 15629 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15630 } 15631 15632 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15633 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 15634 15635 ModuleScopes.push_back({}); 15636 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; 15637 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 15638 ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules); 15639 15640 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15641 } 15642 15643 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation EofLoc, Module *Mod) { 15644 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 15645 VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules); 15646 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 15647 // is now out of date. 15648 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 15649 } 15650 15651 assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod && 15652 "left the wrong module scope"); 15653 ModuleScopes.pop_back(); 15654 15655 // We got to the end of processing a #include of a local module. Create an 15656 // ImportDecl as we would for an imported module. 15657 FileID File = getSourceManager().getFileID(EofLoc); 15658 assert(File != getSourceManager().getMainFileID() && 15659 "end of submodule in main source file"); 15660 SourceLocation DirectiveLoc = getSourceManager().getIncludeLoc(File); 15661 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 15662 } 15663 15664 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 15665 Module *Mod) { 15666 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 15667 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 15668 return; 15669 15670 // Create the implicit import declaration. 15671 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15672 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15673 Loc, Mod, Loc); 15674 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15675 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15676 15677 // Make the module visible. 15678 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 15679 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 15680 } 15681 15682 /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{' 15683 /// (if present). 15684 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, 15685 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 15686 ExportDecl *D = ExportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ExportLoc); 15687 15688 // C++ Modules TS draft: 15689 // An export-declaration [...] shall not contain more than one 15690 // export keyword. 15691 // 15692 // The intent here is that an export-declaration cannot appear within another 15693 // export-declaration. 15694 if (D->isExported()) 15695 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_within_export); 15696 15697 CurContext->addDecl(D); 15698 PushDeclContext(S, D); 15699 return D; 15700 } 15701 15702 /// Complete the definition of an export declaration. 15703 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 15704 auto *ED = cast<ExportDecl>(D); 15705 if (RBraceLoc.isValid()) 15706 ED->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 15707 15708 // FIXME: Diagnose export of internal-linkage declaration (including 15709 // anonymous namespace). 15710 15711 PopDeclContext(); 15712 return D; 15713 } 15714 15715 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15716 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15717 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15718 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15719 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15720 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 15721 LookupOrdinaryName); 15722 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 15723 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 15724 15725 // If a declaration that: 15726 // 1) declares a function or a variable 15727 // 2) has external linkage 15728 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 15729 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15730 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 15731 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 15732 else 15733 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 15734 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 15735 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 15736 } else 15737 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 15738 } 15739 15740 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15741 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15742 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 15743 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 15744 15745 if (PrevDecl) { 15746 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 15747 } else { 15748 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15749 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 15750 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 15751 } 15752 } 15753 15754 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15755 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15756 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15757 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15758 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15759 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 15760 LookupOrdinaryName); 15761 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 15762 15763 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15764 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 15765 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15766 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 15767 } else { 15768 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15769 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 15770 } 15771 } 15772 15773 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 15774 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 15775 } 15776